# changelog

author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com 3.5.0-0.rc1.sme.6
changelog:
  - Makek perl requires require perl modules not package names
  - Move FuzzyOcr perl modules to correct place
  - Finish patching netbpm stuff for CentOS


author: Greg Swallow <greg@runlevel7.ca> 3.5.0-0.rc1.sme.5
changelog:
  - add perl-MLDBM-Sync and perl-Time-Hires to requires, both are 
    available from rpmforge
  - add perl-Log-Agent to requires - found src rpm here:
    http://apt.bea.ki.se/biorpms/fedora/linux/1/i386/SRPMS.biorpms/
    (might work??)


author: Greg Swallow <greg@runlevel7.ca> 3.5.0-0.rc1
changelog:
  - Update to 3.5.0 rc1 version
  - listed a few more new files
  - added patch to work with netpbm in CentOS


author: Patrick Powell <papowell@astart.com> 3.8.23-1
changelog:
  - updated everything to fit the new sysconfdir standards
  - the startup script is copied to sysconfdir/lpd/lpd.init as part of the
  - normal install now


author: Patrick Powell <papowell@astart.com> 3.7.5-1
changelog:
  - new release for 3.7.5
  - Note the aclocal, autoconf, etc. stuff added to make the various
  - versions of gettext and libtool compatible with the RedHat version.


author: Crutcher Dunnavant <crutcher@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - applied elliot's patch (which i got idependently from the lprng list as well)
  - that fixes a thinko that killed LPRng on 64 arches.


author: Crutcher Dunnavant <crutcher@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - reverted the shutdown call in Local_job to make device filters work.
  - all your base are belong to us


author: Philipp Knirsch <pknirsch@redhat.de>
changelog:
  - Removed the shutdown patch for common/linksupport:Link_close() as ii
  generated a deadlock between lpr and lpd for none existing printers.


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - fix bogus checkpc error messages when the lockfile doesn't exist because
    init scripts clear /var/run (#14472)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - patch checkpc to not complain when filter is executable and in the
    spool directory
  - remove --disable-force_localhost from configure invocation for better
    compatibility with BSD LPR and rhs-printfilters
  - change group back to lp, which is what printtool expects


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - change default group to 'daemon' to match 6.2
  - enable NLS support
  - remove Prefix: tag
  - break init script out into a separate file
  - fix up broken printcaps in post-install
  - run checkpc -f at start-time


author: Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - 3.6.16
  - adapt Kerberos and fixmake patches
  - get rid of CFLAGS="-O"; gcc has been fixed
  - fix build with glibc 2.2


author: Preston Brown <pbrown@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - start, stop, and restart are functions not switch statements now.
    reduces overhead.
  - patch to allow autoconf to choose which user/group to run as


author: Preston Brown <pbrown@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - remove init.d symbolic links.
  - remove txt/ps/info versions of the HOWTO from the pkg
  - use new fhs paths


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - change free() to krb5_free_data_contents() when patching for Kerberos 5
  - detect libcrypto or libk5crypto when looking for Kerberos 5


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - enable Kerberos support
  - remove extra defattr in files list
  - add --disable-force_localhost to configure invocation
  - remove "-o root" at install-time


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.15-1
changelog:
  - set the file creation context for symlinks as well (#138897)
  - verify the file context for symlinks as well
  - use lgetfilecon instead of getfilecon so that we don't chase symlinks when
    determining the current context of a file (Dan Walsh)
  - update to 27 October 2004 devices.txt:
    - remove msd* devices
    - add ub* devices
  - comment out ubd* (98/0) devices for now, would conflict with a ub block
    device (180/24)
  - handle symlink-already-exists errors


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.14-1
changelog:
  - update to 20 September 2004 devices.txt:
    - add ttyMM devices (no callout devices)
    - move inftl* devices from major 94 to major 96
    - move msd* devices from major 96 to major 95
    - move dasd* devices from major 95 to major 94
  - drop the number of vnet nodes from 16 to 9
  - make vmnet* a link to vnet*
  - fix -n, -v


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.13-1
changelog:
  - excise all architecture-specific logic and configuration data -- udev knows
    no arch-specific details, so they should be irrelevant now
  - remove build conflicts on older RPM, unnecessary now that dev is gone
  - remove dev's %post fstab munging
  - add a short-circuit test for the common non-match cases


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.12-1
changelog:
  - add a -a (alwayscreate) flag, to skip checking if the device node is already
    present with the desired permissions/ownership/context
  - add a -u (udev permissions) flag, to spit out udev-style permissions settings
    for whatever nodes we would be creating


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - add a context-directory flag, for using contexts assigned to devices created
    in the -d directory look like they would if it was the -D directory
  - create intermediate subdirectories in exact (-x) mode


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - add usb/lcd, usb/brlvgr* from current usb.devices.txt (#69729); drops the
    number of dabusb devices from 16 to 4


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.10-1
changelog:
  - set SELinux contexts when creating device nodes, sockets, and intermediate
    directories
  - turn on SELinux support at build-time


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.9.2-1
changelog:
  - remove the MAKEDEV symlink from /dev, which allows removal of the %pre
    scriptlet (#131075)
  - make storage devices group-read-only (#110197)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - update to 30 August 2004 devices.txt:
    - give ttySMX callout devices non-conflicting names
  - point man page to /sbin instead of /dev


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.9.1-1
changelog:
  - update to 04 August 2004 devices.txt:
    - rename xfs0 to nnpfs0
    - replace solnp*/solnpctl* with ica*
    - add emd, hpet, drbd, ttySMX
  - fix ieee1394/dv/PAL/out


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.9-1
changelog:
  - 3.8.4 should have been a major revision
  - remove /dev/kmem (#117692)
  - teach MAKEDEV about dv1394 stuff (#127061)
  - make rfcomm0 and rfcomm1 symlinks to ttyUB0 and ttyUB1, respectively (#88802)
  - mksock: print usage information in cases of unrecognized arguments (#105440)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.8.4-1
changelog:
  - move MAKEDEV to /sbin with a symlink from /dev (#116009)
  - don't bother looking up the owners of symlinks, we don't use them


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.6-1
changelog:
  - Cleanups: don't require that the owning user or group exist when invoked
    with -M, because we don't care.


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.5-1
changelog:
  - Fix crashes when users and groups specified as owners in configuration files
    don't exist (Jim Gifford).
  - Create /dev/adb and /dev/pmu devices (#119265)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.4-1
changelog:
  - Bump version for kernel 2.6.
  - Create /dev/mce_log on x86_64.
  - Create /dev/kmsg everywhere.
  - Create /dev/carmel disk nodes.
  - Make vsys a symlink to aio (was renamed to aio).


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.3.13-1
changelog:
  - Make MAKEDEV use ":" to separate user and group names in output created when
    invoked with the -S flag (patch by Tim Waugh).


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.3.10-1
changelog:
  - raise the default number of sg devices from 32 to 256 (kernel has no
    hard-coded limit) (#104816)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.3.6-1
changelog:
  - apply patch from Matt Wilson to make /dev/hvc0 a link to iseries/vtty0
  - include the nvram and hvc0 devices on ppc/ppc64


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.3.5-1
changelog:
  - finish update to latest devices.txt
    moves /dev/3270/tty* from major 228 to 227
    moves /dev/3270/tub* from major 227 to 228


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.3.4-1
changelog:
  - update to latest devices.txt (renames smapi to thinkpad/thinkpad, adds
    systrace, tpm, pps, etherd/, spi/, usb/usblcd, usb/cpad0)


author: Phil Knirsch <pknirsch@redhat.com> 3.3.2-5
changelog:
  - Removed too many tty devices for s390(x). Fixed.
  - Removed mdsp* and logicalco devices for s390(x).


author: Phil Knirsch <pknirsch@redhat.com> 3.3.2-3
changelog:
  - Updated number of dasd devices we create for s390(x) (64 now).
  - Removed all unecessary /dev/tty?.? entries for s390(x).


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - resync with current LANANA updates, heads-up from John Cagle
  - create kpoll and 16 scramdisk devices


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.3-4
changelog:
  - build the package the same way for the superuser as we did before,
    preventing problems when building as root when some of the device
    owners don't exist on the build host


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.3-1
changelog:
  - handle a step of 0 when creating multiple nodes
  - add /dev/cpu/*/microcode (perms 0600) to the dev package


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 3.2-5
changelog:
  - char 10/208 is cpqphpc, not cpqphpcp (#52910)
  - add compaq/ devices (#52898)
  - add information about raw1394 and video1394 devices (#52736)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - tweak the manifest handling to also build when RPM doesn't know
    about them
  - add a -S option to spit out shell script snippets
  - only claim that we need to create a particular directory once
  - fix descriptions for i2o/hdd[i-p], which were wrong
  - break generic and architecture-specific sections apart in %install


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - create the first four /dev/osst devices (#35833)
  - only 7 partitions for DAC960 disks, not 8 (#31484)
  - add ataraid device nodes (#44807)
  - add a "raid" alias for all raid devices (#33117)
  - update the man page


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - fix a bug in creation of leading directories when a format specifier is
    included in the directory's name
  - zero-fill the buffer before we pass it to readlink()
  - don't try to create /dev/ixj*; the device isn't present in 2.4
  - limit number of each device in /dev/input to 32


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - only make devices for two floppy drives instead of eight
  - limit the number of cui devices to 16 instead of 64
  - limit the number isdn and ippp devices to 16
  - limit the number of nb devices to 32 (matches md)
  - limit the number of st and nst devices to 16


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - make aliases for ide5 through ide9
  - limit the number of console and console-related devices to 32
  - run pam_console_apply in the post, if it exists


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - make js0, js1, js2, js3 symlinks into /dev/input so that all programs use
    the new input-core joystick driver instead of the old one


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - create /dev in the %pre script; installing the dev package should fixup
    the permissions, and we can't redirect to /dev/null without it (#24392)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - add device nodes using the new devices.txt for Linux 2.4.0, and check that
    file into the source tree to make tracking further changes simpler
  - change Copyright: GPL to License: GPL
  - add a very simple substitution macro facility for specifying ownership and
    permissions in a single place
  - add code for creating sockets natively
  - remove conflicting data for where /dev/ftape should point to
  - remove all raid controller device nodes for second and additional controllers
    (they can be created with MAKEDEV)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - up the number of SCSI CD-ROM devices we know about from 8 to 32, but only
    create 8 at build-time


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - add the netlink device, and mark it as undocumented (#15785)
  - add /dev/log socket as a ghost using Erik's mksocket
  - add in devices that start with "m"
  - change /dev/i20 to /dev/i2o
  - fix a parser bug


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - stop making bogus symlinks (#14225)
  - add "console" alias for tty devices to match man page
  - add "qic" alias for tape devices to match man page


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - change group of the "lp" devices to "lp"
  - comment out the ACSI disks, which probably shouldn't have those names
  - incorporate the release number into the tarball file name


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - fix symlink creation where both the link and a target are in a subdirectory
  - add efirtc in its own "ia64" control file


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - add a -i flag so that I can test in a CVS checkout
  - use correct IBCS compatibility device entries
  - fix symlink creation so that it works as intended


author: Matt Wilson <msw@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - moved the Prereq: /usr/sbin/groupadd from the MAKEDEV package to the
    dev package
  - added the %post script to the dev package to add devpts mounting


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - add input/mice and md devices to the dev package
  - limit loop devices to 16 in config files (this is a hard-coded kernel limit)


author: Bill Nottingham <notting@redhat.com> - 2.85-34.4
changelog:
  - allow some time for failed console opens to resolve themselves (#181546)
  - preserve 'WAITING' across re-exec (#201146)


author: Bill Nottingham <notting@redhat.com> - 2.85-34.2
changelog:
  - pidof: use readlink instead of stat to avoid NFS hangs (#138788, <constgq@yahoo.com))
  - pidof: fix handling of scripts (#85796)


author: Bill Nottingham <notting@redhat.com> 2.85-22
changelog:
  - move /selinux to filesystem
  - print out warning if we're terminating because of enforcing + no policy
  - handle non-selinux kernels better (#118826)


author: Arjan van de Ven <arjanv@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - fix wait() handling wrt setting SIGCHLD to SIG_IGN in shutdown
  - fix segfault in spawn() function in shutdown


author: Bill Nottingham <notting@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - don't strip binaries
  - have wall not write to non-ttys (#65412)
  - update usage for halt/reboot (#57753)
  - allow '-t' argument to last for checking state at certain times (#56863)
  - make 'pidof /foo/bar' not match /baz/bar (#53918)


author: Bill Nottingham <notting@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - show users with no login pid but no logout record as gone (#42550,
    <cwolf@starclass.com>)
  - fix sulogin to *always* work without a tty (#40934)


author: Bill Nottingham <notting@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - document '-n' option to wall, make it root-only (#18672)
  - don't open files in sulogin unless they're really ttys (#21862)


author: Chris Evans <chris@ferret.lmh.ox.ac.uk>
changelog:
  - Fix a securelevel releated security hole. Go on, try and break append
    only files + securelevel now ;-)


author: Cristian Gafton <gafton@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - fixed the MD5 check in sulogin (128 hash bits encoded with base64 gives
    22 bytes, not 24...). Fix in -md5.patch


author: Christian 'Dr. Disk' Hechelmann <drdisk@ds9.au.s.shuttle.de>
changelog:
  - /etc/initrunlvl gets linked to /tmp/init-root/var/run/initrunlvl which is
    just plain wrong..
  - /usr/bin/utmpdump was missing in the files section, although it was
    explicitly patched into PROGS.
  - added attr's to the files section.
  - various small fixes.


author: Miloslav Trmac <mitr@redhat.com> - 1.0.3-2
changelog:
  - Update to 1.0.3 (fixes #128834)
  - s/Copyright/License/
  - Add logrotate config file (#110677, from Michal Jaegermann)
  - Don't verify contents of /var/log/acpid (#125862)
  - Use $RPM_OPT_FLAGS
  - Fix and cleanup acpid-1.0.1-pm1.patch
  - Add condrestart to %postun


author: Tim Hockin <thockin@sun.com>
changelog:
  - Updated RPM spec with patch from sun for chkconfig on/off
    - Add Changelog, make 'make rpm' use it.


author: Tim Hockin <thockin@sun.com>
changelog:
  - Fixed logging bug - not appending to log (O_APPEND needed)
    - Fix 'make install' to not need root access
    - Fix RPM spec to not need root


author: Jens Petersen <petersen@redhat.com> - 2.3-29
changelog:
  - don't require vixie-cron (#21176) [reported by Gerald Teschl]
  - in init script don't remove /var/lock/subsys/anacron when stopping (#58462)
  - exit init script with actual exit status (#44600) [reported by Enrico Scholz]


author: Jens Petersen <petersen@redhat.com> - 2.3-27
changelog:
  - in init script do not touch /var/lock/subsys/anacron when starting (#58462)
  - require crontabs (#21176)
  - update source url


author: Jens Petersen <petersen@redhat.com> 2.3-23
changelog:
  - delay the start of anacron by 60min to make startup more pleasant (#68304)
  - at startup run jobs serially and nice 19 to reduce load (#65870, #68304)
  - spec file now in utf-8
  - dont install non-existant NEWS file
  - silence make include warnings


author: Tim Powers <timp@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - fixed startup script so that it doesn't put stuff in /var/lock/subsys.
  	Complains since anacronda turns itself off when it is run, and the file in
  	/var/lock/subsys isn't removed.


author: Joe Orton <jorton@redhat.com> 0.9.4-24.5
changelog:
  - catch errors in apr_procattr_child_*_set (#157832)
  - required fixed gcc version for -devel package
  - merge from upstream:
   * fix apr_file_seek(,APR_END,) (Greg Hudson)
   * don't check access(,|R_OK) in apr_proc_create (Jeff Trawick, #157536)


author: Joe Orton <jorton@redhat.com> 0.9.4-22
changelog:
  - backport fixes from HEAD:
   * correct implementation of nested mutexes
   * support for POSIX semaphores on LP64 platforms


author: Joe Orton <jorton@redhat.com> 0.9.4-15
changelog:
  - add support for setuid/setgid/sticky bits (André Malo)
  - add apr_threadattr_{guardsize,stacksize}_set() (latter by Jeff Trawick)


author: Joe Orton <jorton@redhat.com> 0.9.4-14
changelog:
  - enable posixsem and process-shared pthread mutex support, but
    ensure that sysvsem remains the default mechanism


author: Joe Orton <jorton@redhat.com> 0.9.4-13
changelog:
  - entirely remove 2Gb file size limit from apr_file_copy();
    fixes "svnadmin hotcopy" on repos with >2Gb strings table
  - work around getnameinfo bugs with v4-mapped addresses
  - fix apr_time_exp_get() for dates in 2038 (Philip Martin)


author: Joe Orton <jorton@redhat.com> 0.9.4-10
changelog:
  - fix configure check for mmap of /dev/zero
  - just put -D_GNU_SOURCE in CPPFLAGS not _{BSD,SVID,XOPEN}_SOURCE


author: Joe Orton <jorton@redhat.com> 0.9.4-6
changelog:
  - define apr_off_t as int/long/... to prevent it changing
    with _FILE_OFFSET_BITS on 32-bit platforms


author: Joe Orton <jorton@redhat.com> 0.9.3-7
changelog:
  - use AI_ADDRCONFIG in getaddrinfo() support (#73350)
  - include a working libtool script rather than relying on
   /usr/bin/libtool (#97695)


author: Joe Orton <jorton@redhat.com> 0.9.3-5
changelog:
  - fix to try linking against -ldb first (#90917)
  - depend on openldap, gdbm, db4, expat appropriately.


author: Joe Orton <jorton@redhat.com> 0.9.3-3
changelog:
  - make devel package conflict with old subversion-devel
  - run the less crufty parts of the test suite


author: Ivana Varekova <varekova@redhat.com> 12:0.60.3-1
changelog:
  - update to 0.60.3 - (bug 141968) thanks to Dawid Gajownik 
  - add BuildRequires: ncurses-devel, gettext 
  - add config script patch (thanks tmraz@redhat.com)


author: Adrian Havill <havill@redhat.com> 12:0.50.50.3-18
changelog:
  - make rpm own some unclaimed dirs (#112984, #113778)
  - explicitly claim kbd anbd dat files in /usr/share/aspell
  - a little spec file files cleanup-- macro subs, dir prefix
  - make /usr/lib/aspell; don't make the dictionary packages do it


author: Tim Powers <timp@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - fix broken pspell epoch dep
  - create $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/usr/bin by hand
  - remove /usr/doc
  - fix hardcoding of /usr/lib so that we can build on x86_64


author: Trond Eivind Glomsrød <teg@redhat.com> 0.33.7-1
changelog:
  - 0.33.7 bugfix release. Requested by the author, it fixes
    coredumps in sug-mode and when not using typo-analyses.
    It also contains code cleanups so it compiles with -ansi
  - should fix coredump on IA64 (#49746)


author: Trond Eivind Glomsrød <teg@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - .32.5 bugfix release (also contains improved documentation),
    obsolete old patch
  - the compatibility scripts are now part of the package itself
  - clean up build procedure
  - remove manual.aux file from docs (#16424)


author: Trond Eivind Glomsrød <teg@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - .32.1 bugfix release, obsolete old patch
  - rename to 0.32.1
  - add patch from author to change his email address
  - add spell and ispell compatibility scripts


author: Trond Eivind Glomsrød <teg@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - remember to obsolete ispell
  - build the Canadian and British dictionaries here now,
    as part of the main package. Same package names and 
    descriptions.


author: Trond Eivind Glomsrød <teg@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - .32
  - remove old patches, add a patch since namespace isn't 
    polluted as much anymore (as opposed to older toolchain)


author: Trond Eivind Glomsrød <teg@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - patch to work around compiler bug(?) wrt. inline functions
  - use CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS
  - set them to -O0 to work around YACB
  - copy libtool files for IA64 support


author: Trond Eivind Glomsrød <teg@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - update to .31.1. My patch was upstreamed and is no longer needed.
  - new patch added so DESTDIR works properly


author: Trond Eivind Glomsrød <teg@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - (this entry includes some old ones...)
  - update to .31
  - added patch to make it compile with a pickier compiler
  - include /usr/share/pspell


author: Tim Powers <timp@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - updated to .30.1
  - used build fixes from Ryan Weaver's 0.30.1-1 package on sourceforge
  - updated URL, download/ftp location
  - removed redundant define's at top of spec file


author: Tim Powers <timp@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - built for Powertools 6.1
  - removed %serial definitions from spec file to make versioning
    consistant with the other packages we ship.
  - changed build root path
  - general spec file cleanups


author: Ryan Weaver <ryanw@infohwy.com>
changelog:
  [aspell-.27.2-2]
  - Changes from .27.1 to .27.2 (Mar 1, 1999)
  - Fixed a major bug that caused aspell to dump core when used
    without any arguments
  - Fixed another major bug that caused aspell to do nothing when used
    in interactive mode.
  - Added an option to exit in Aspell's interactive mode.
  - Removed some old documentation files from the distribution.
  - Minor changes on to the section on using Aspell with egcs.
  - Minor changes to remove -Wall warnings.


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com>
changelog:
  - Clean up spec so package can be built by koji/plague
  - Update to new release naming.  No functional changes.
  - Make Packager generic


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com> 3.1.8-78
changelog:
  - fix bug 159220: add pam_loginuid to pam session stack in /etc/pam.d/atd 
  - fix bug 102341: add '-r' synonym for '-d' / atrm for POSIX / SuS conformance


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com> 3.1.8-68
changelog:
  - Put PAM authentication check in 'check_permissions()', so
  - user can know when using at(1) if PAM permission is denied.


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com> 3.1.8-60
changelog:
  - fix bug 131510: no_export env. var. blacklisting should not
  - remove 'SHELL' when only 'SHELLOPTS' is blacklisted.
  - at(1) man-page should not say 'commands are run with /bin/sh'
  - and should explain usage of SHELL environement variable and
  - details of blacklisted variables.


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Had to disable the 'make test' for the build BEFORE
  - any changes were made (building on FC2 - perl issue?)
  - test.pl generates these 'errors' for what looks like
  - valid output to me:
  -   $ ./test.pl 2>&1 | egrep -v '(^ok$)|(time_only)'
  -   1..3656
  -   not ok
  -   'Monday - 1 month': 'Fri Jul  2 18:29:00 2004' =? 'Sat Jul  3 18:29:00 2004'
  -   not ok
  -   'Monday - 10 months': 'Thu Oct  2 18:29:00 2003' =? 'Fri Oct  3 18:29:00 2003'
  -   not ok
  -   'next week - 1 month': 'Mon Jul  5 18:29:00 2004' =? 'Tue Jul  6 18:29:00 2004'
  -   not ok
  -   'next week - 10 months': 'Sun Oct  5 18:29:00 2003' =? 'Mon Oct  6 18:29:00 2003'
  - will investigate and fix for next release.


author: Jens Petersen <petersen@redhat.com> - 3.1.8-49
changelog:
  - replace at-3.1.8-SHELL-91233.patch by at-3.1.8-SHELL-111386.patch which
    now executes $SHELL directly in the at shell script after all the variables
    have been setup with /bin/sh (#91233) [suggested by Göran Uddeborg]
  - this changelog is now in utf-8


author: Dan Walsh <dwalsh@redhat.com> - 3.1.8-47.sel
changelog:
  * Fri Jun 20 2003 Jens Petersen <petersen@redhat.com> - 3.1.8-46
  - add at-3.1.8-atrun.8-typo-97697.patch to fix typo in atrun.8 (#97697)
  - update at.1 description of shell behaviour (#91233)


author: Jens Petersen <petersen@redhat.com> - 3.1.8-41
changelog:
  - update source to at_3.1.8-11 from debian upstream
    - update source url
    - at-debian.patch no longer needed
    - at-3.1.7-paths.patch: the patch to "at.1.in" no longer needed
    - replace at-3.1.8-lexer.patch with at-3.1.8-11-lexer-parser.diff
    - at-3.1.8-dst.patch no longer needed
    - at-3.1.8-lsbdoc.patch no longer needed
    - at-3.1.8-o_excl.patch no longer needed
    - bump release number
  - at-3.1.8-test.patch: move out test.pl to a separate source file
    - apply at-3.1.8-test-fix.patch to it and drop patch
  - at-3.1.8-shell.patch: drop (#22216,#91233)
  - run "make test" after building
  - add "--without check" rpmbuild option
  - fix autoconf comment to point to right patch
  - use _sysconfdir, _sbindir, _bindir, and _localstatedir


author: Bill Huang <bhuang@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Fixed delaying job execution and missing starting jobs..(bug#69595)
    (Thanks Bujor D Silaghi <bujor@cs.umd.edu> for his patch.)


author: Bill Huang <bhuang@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Fixed cleaning atq and  multiple atd daemon.(bug#67414)
    (Thanks Bujor D Silaghi <bujor@cs.umd.edu> for his patch.)


author: Adrian Havill <havill@redhat.com> 3.1.8-21
changelog:
  - fix man page (#51253)
  - fix env prop problem (#49491)
  - .SEQ should not be executable (#52626)
  - beefed up file creation perms against symlink exploits (O_EXCL)


author: Crutcher Dunnavant <crutcher@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - applied enrico.scholz@informatik.tu-chemnitz.de's change to the env patch to 
  - address bug #46546


author: Crutcher Dunnavant <crutcher@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - changed atd.init to start at 95, stop at 5, closing #15915
  - applied mailto:wp@supermedia.pl's environment patch


author: Crutcher Dunnavant <crutcher@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - much love to David Kilzer <ddkilzer@lubricants-oil.com>
  - who nailed UTC, Leap year, DST, and some other edge cases down
  - he also wrote a test harness in perl
  - bug #28448


author: Crutcher Dunnavant <crutcher@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Well, we will likely never really close the UTC issues,
  - because of 1) fractional timezones, and 2) daylight savigns time.
  - but there is a slight tweak to the handling of dst in the UTC patch.


author: Preston Brown <pbrown@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - move init script
  - add condrestart directive
  - fix post/preun/postun scripts
  - prereq initscripts >= 5.20


author: Michael K. Johnson <johnsonm@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - updated to at version 3.1.7
  - updated lock and sequence file handling with %ghost
  - Use chkconfig and atd, now conflicts with old crontabs packages


author: Axel Thimm <Axel.Thimm@ATrpms.net>
changelog:
  - Drop compatibility dependencies to presence of apt and yum.
  - Comment gstreamer entries, the repo is currently offline.
  - Add BIOrpms to default configuration.
  - Split atrpms and atrpms-package-config packages.


author: Axel Thimm <Axel.Thimm@ATrpms.net>
changelog:
  - Reintroduced dependencies on (neutral) apt/yum config files,
    seems the previous change broke some setups :(


author: Axel Thimm <Axel.Thimm@ATrpms.net>
changelog:
  - New FC1 entries: kde-redhat and dries repository.
  - Remove dependency on apt, apt package takes care of this now.


author: Axel Thimm <Axel.Thimm@ATrpms.net>
changelog:
  - Fixed typo in check4updates.
  - Remove dependency of atrpms package on yum's config. Remaining
    apt dependency will be dropped upon next apt package rebuild.


author: Axel Thimm <Axel.Thimm@ATrpms.net>
changelog:
  - Added some more repos (not available for all distributons):
    - vlugnet.org
    - GStreamer
    - kernel 2.6 test rpms
    - NyQuist 
  - Extended some repo configs to more distributions.


author: Axel Thimm <Axel.Thimm@ATrpms.net>
changelog:
  - Fast bug fix release, as the package was unintentionally published
    in the middle of a transition state :(


author: Axel Thimm <Axel.Thimm@ATrpms.net>
changelog:
  - Moved configuration files, update scripts and GPG keys from apt to here.
  - Moved configuration files from yum to here.


author: Stephen C. Tweedie <sct@redhat.com> 2.4.1-3
changelog:
  - Add /usr/include/attr to files manifest
  - Fix location of doc files, add main doc dir to files manifest


author: Michael K. Johnson <johnsonm@redhat.com> 2.0.8-1
changelog:
  - Initial Red Hat package
    Made as few changes as possible relative to upstream packaging to
    make it easier to maintain long-term.  This means that some of
    the techniques used here are definitely not standard Red Hat
    techniques.  If you are looking for an example package to fit
    into Red Hat Linux transparently, this would not be the one to
    pick.
  - attr-devel -> libattr-devel


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 1.0.16-3.EL4
changelog:
  Resolves: #402941 ausearch segfaults using -k and watch doesn't have a key
  Resolves: #325561 num_logs is needed for keep_logs to work in /etc/auditd.conf
  Resolves: #251639 auditd resume logging on SIGUSR2
  - Update time handling for ausearch and aureport to add more keywords


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 1.0.15-1.EL4
changelog:
  - Correct address resolving of hostname in logging functions
  - Fix logging messages to use addr if passed
  - Add TRUSTED_APP message type
  - Fix netlink errno return
  - Auditd ignore most signals
  - Add audit dispatcher interface to auditd
  - In auditd if num_logs is zero, don't rotate on SIGUSR1 (#208834)
  - Cleanup file descriptor handling in auditd
  - Improve time handling in ausearch and aureport (#191394)
  - Attempt to reconstruct full path from relative for searching
  - Ausearch & aureport now fail if no args to -te
  - In aureport, add class between syscall and permission in avc report
  - Fix bug where fsync is called in debug mode
  - Add optional support for tty in SYSCALL records for ausearch/aureport
  - ausearch & aureport implement uid/gid caching
  - In ausearch & aureport, extract addr when hostname is unknown
  - In ausearch & aureport, test audit log presence O_RDONLY
  - Updated man pages (#213328, #213330)


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 1.0.14-1.EL4
changelog:
  - Change auditd to use custom daemonize to avoid race in init scripts
  - Update error message when deleting a rule that doesn't exist (#176239)
  - Fix bug in autrace where it didn't run on kernels without file watch support
  - Add timestamp to daemon_config messages (#174865)
  - Add error checking of year for aureport & ausearch
  - Treat af_unix sockets as files for searching and reporting
  - Update capp rules to combine syscalls for higher performance
  - Apply patch from Ulrich Drepper that optimizes resource utilization
  - Change ausearch and aureport to unlocked IO
  - Add more message types


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 1.0.12-1.EL4
changelog:
  - Step up to new version
  - Add locale patch - ausearch & aureport
  - Add c++ patch - libaudit.h
  - Add fixup patch - auditd email error handler correction


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 1.0.3-5
changelog:
  - Make rate & backlog 32 bit unsigned int in auditctl
  - In auditctl, if -F arch is given with -t option, don't require list


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 1.0.3-1
changelog:
  - adjust file perms of newly created log file in auditd
  - fix 2 memory leaks and an out of bounds access in auditd
  - fix case where auditd was closing netlink descriptor too early
  - fix watch rules not to take field arguments in auditctl
  - fix bug where inode, devmajor, devminor, exit, and success fields in auditctl rules were not getting the correct value stored


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 1.0.1-2.EL4
changelog:
  - don't start auditd on old ia64 kernels
  - don't allow auditd or auditctl to enable audit on old ia64 kernels


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 1.0.1-1.EL4
changelog:
  - Add check for fields that cannot be used with syscall entry in auditctl
  - Make auditctl not tolerate duplicate rule and watches
  - Remove uid check in ausearch


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 1.0-1.EL4
changelog:
  - Update sample CAPP config
  - Remove warning for trimming file path in auditctl
  - Make auditctl tolerate duplicate rule and watches
  - auditd has new option so it doesn't overwrite log files
  - Fixed bug in autrace that was reporting bad descriptor


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.9.20-1.EL4
changelog:
  - Fix ausearch to handle missing audit log better
  - Fix auditctl blank line handling
  - Trim trailing '/' from file system watches in auditctl
  - Catch cases where parameter was passed without option being given to auditctl
  - Add CAPP sample configuration


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.9.17-1.EL4
changelog:
  - Fix ausearch buffers to hold long filenames
  - Make a0 long long for 64 bit kernels & 32 bit ausearch


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.9.16-1.EL4
changelog:
  - Adjust umask
  - Adjust length of strings for file system watches to not include NUL
  - Remove extra error message from audit_send


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.9.13-1.EL4
changelog:
  - Remove /lib/libaudit.so & .la from audit-libs package
  - In auditctl, if syscall not given, default to all


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.9.12-1.EL4
changelog:
  - Add some syslog messages for a couple exits
  - Add some unlinks of the pid file in a couple error exits
  - Make some options of auditctl not expect a reply
  - Update support for user and watch filter lists


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.9.11-1.EL4
changelog:
  - Change packet draining to nonblocking
  - Interpret id field in ausearch
  - Add error message if not able to create log
  - Ignore netlink acks when asking for rule & watch list


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.9.10-1.EL4
changelog:
  - Make sure the bad packet is drained when retrying user messages
  - Add support for new user and watch filter lists
  - Interpret flags field in ausearch


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.9.7-1
changelog:
  - fixed bug in send_user_message which errored on pam logins
  - Change nanosleeps over to select loops
  - Change the 'e' option to auditctl -p to 'x'


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.9.6-1
changelog:
  - fix bug in incremental flush where is wrongly reported an error
  - ausearch should not do uid check for -if option
  - adjust ipc interpretation to not use ipc.h


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.9.5-1
changelog:
  - interpret socketcall & ipc based on a0 in ausearch
  - change call sequence to make user space messages faster
  - update return val for auditctl


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.9.4-1
changelog:
  - Rule and watch insert no longer automatically dumps list
  - auditctl rules can now use auid instead of loginuid
  - Add sighup support for daemon reconfiguration
  - Move some functions into private.h


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.9.3-1
changelog:
  - Change filename handling to use linked list in ausearch
  - Add man pages for audit_setloginuid & audit_getloginuid
  - Fix problem where you couldn't set rule on unset loginuid's
  - Adjust memory management for sighup needs
  - Fix problem where netlink timeout counter wasn't being reset


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.9.1-1
changelog:
  - AUDITD_CLEAN_STOP config option in /etc/sysconfig/auditd
  - When unknown, show raw record in ausearch.
  - Add CWD message type support


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.9-1
changelog:
  - Translate numeric info to human readable for ausearch output
  - add '-if' option to ausearch to select input file
  - add '-c' option to ausearch to allow searching by comm field
  - init script now deletes all rules when daemon stops
  - Make auditctl display perms correctly in watch listings
  - Make auditctl -D remove all watches


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.8.2-1
changelog:
  - Update documentation
  - Handle user space audit events in more uniform way
  - Update all parsers for more robustness with new kernel changes
  - Create quiet mode for error messages
  - Make rotated logs readonly


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.8.1-1
changelog:
  - Fix code to "or" uid  & gid checks for ausearch -ua & -ga
  - Change msg() to audit_msg() to avoid conflicts
  - Parse socket messages for hostname in ausearch


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.8-1
changelog:
  - ausearch fix bugs related to -f & -x
  - Parse messages using new types
  - Properly unescape filenames
  - Update interface for sending userspace messages to use more types


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.7.3-1
changelog:
  - Add code to get watch list to auditctl
  - Get -f & -hn working in ausearch
  - Added search by terminal, exe, and syscall to ausearch program
  - Added -w parameter to match whole word in ausearch


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.7.2-1
changelog:
  - Allow ausearch uid & gid to be non-numeric (root, wheel, etc)
  - Fix problems with changing run level
  - Added new code for logging shutdown reason credentials
  - Update DAEMON messages to use better timestamp


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.7.1-1
changelog:
  - Make sure time calc is done using localtime
  - Raise rlimits for file size & cpu usage
  - Added new disk_error_action config item to auditd.conf
  - Rework memory management of event buffer
  - Handled all errors in event logging thread


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.7-1
changelog:
  - In auditctl -l, loop until all rules are printed
  - Update autrace not to run if rules are currently loaded
  - Added code to switch to single user mode when disk is full
  - Added the ausearch program


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.6.12-1
changelog:
  - Fixed bug where elf type wasn't being set when given numerically
  - Added autrace program (similar to strace)
  - Fixed bug when logs = 2 and ROTATE is the action, only 1 log resulted


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.6.11-1
changelog:
  - Check log file size on start up
  - Added priority_boost config item
  - Reworked arch support
  - Reworked how run level is changed
  - Make allowances for ECONNREFUSED


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.6.10-1
changelog:
  - Code cleanups
  - Support the arch field for auditctl
  - Add version to auditctl
  - Documentation updates
  - Moved default location of the audit log to /var/log/audit


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.6.9-1
changelog:
  - Added patch for filesystem watch
  - Added version information to audit start message
  - Change netlink code to use ack in order to get error notification


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.6.7-1
changelog:
  - Fixed bug setting loginuid
  - Added num_logs to configure number of logs when rotating
  - Added code for rotating logs


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.6.6-1
changelog:
  - Fix audit_set_pid to try to read a reply, but its non-fatal if no reply.
  - Remove the read status during init
  - Change to using pthreads sync mechanism for stopping system
  - Worker thread should ignore all signals
  - Change main loop to use select for inbound event handling
  - Gave pam_loginuid a "failok" option for testing


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.6.5-1
changelog:
  - Lots of code cleanups
  - Added write_pid function to auditd
  - Added audit_log to libaudit
  - Don't check file length in foreground mode of auditd
  - Added *if_enabled functions to send messages only if audit system is enabled
  - If syscall name is unknown when printing rules, use the syscall number
  - Rework the build system to produce singly threaded public libraries
  - Create a multithreaded version of libaudit for the audit daemon's use


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.6.4-1
changelog:
  - Rename pam_audit to pam_loginuid to reflect what it does
  - Fix bug in detecting space left on partition
  - Fix bug in handling of suspended logging


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.6.3-1
changelog:
  - Change pam install from /lib/security to /lib64/security
  - Change pam_audit to write loginuid to /proc/pid/loginuid
  - Add pam_session_close handle
  - Update to newest kernel headers


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.6.2-1
changelog:
  - New version
  - Add R option to auditctl to allow reading rules from file.
  - Do not allow task creation list to have syscall auditing
  - Add D option to allow deleting all rules with 1 command
  - Added pam_audit man page & sample.rules
  - Mod initscript to call auditctl to load rules at start-up
  - Write message to log file for daemon start up
  - Write message that daemon is shutting down
  - Modify auditd shutdown to wait until logger thread is finished
  - Add sample rule file to docs


author: Steve Grubb <sgrubb@redhat.com> 0.6.1-1
changelog:
  - New version: rework auditctl and its man pages.
  - Added admin_space_left config option as last chance before
    running out of disk space.


author: Tomas Mraz <tmraz@redhat.com> - 4.6.10-4
changelog:
  - add support for pam_access (--enablepamaccess option) (#253279)
  - support sha256 and sha512 password hash algorithms (--passalgo) (#427397)


author: Tomas Mraz <tmraz@redhat.com> - 4.6.10-rhel4.2
changelog:
  - set domain and ypserver option correctly when multiple servers
    specified in kickstart (#159214)
  - propagate the --enablewinbindauth option to the configuration (#151018)


author: Tomas Mraz <tmraz@redhat.com> - 4.6.8-1
changelog:
  - add option for making local authorization sufficient for local users
    this is attempt to 'solve/workaround' the problem with blocking local logins by
    pulling out network cable (#115181)


author: Tomas Mraz <tmraz@redhat.com> - 4.6.7-1
changelog:
  - updated translations
  - winbind in authconfig-gtk.py was setting the nsswitch.conf on the auth tab
  - use GtkComboBox instead of deprecated GtkOptionMenu
  - disable options with not installed binaries, remove unnecessary deps of
    authconfig-gtk


author: Jindrich Novy <jnovy@redhat.com> 4.6.4-5
changelog:
  - fixed all po files to translate correctly messages with modified accelerators (#133742)
  - added translations for Arabic, Bulgarian and other languages (#133716, #133158)


author: Jindrich Novy <jnovy@redhat.com> 4.6.4-2
changelog:
  - modified authconfig-gtk interface to fit lower resolution screens (#127175)
  - modified accelerators in authconfig-gtk (#125797)
  - updated package dependencies (#125306)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.6.4-1
changelog:
  - tweak account management to fix #55193 correctly
  - require anything we might want to run in the gui subpackage because it
    doesn't warn about missing things and you don't have a terminal to see
    error messages about missing commands
  - properly display the domain in the GUI join dialog (#124621)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.6.3-1
changelog:
  - omit the "ads" or "rpc" when calling "net join", Samba's smarter now (#122802)
  - properly warn about missing "net" (samba-client) and libnss_winbind and
    pam_winbind (samba-common) in text mode (#122802)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.6.2-1
changelog:
  - learn all about pam_passwdqc
  - preserve arguments to pam_cracklib and pam_passwdqc
  - short-circuit PAM authorization checks for users with UID < 100
  - remove redhat-config-authentication as a way to invoke the GUI tool (#115977)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.6.1-1
changelog:
  - fix man page: --enableldapssl should be --enableldaptls
  - make --enableldapssl an alias for --enableldaptls


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.6-1
changelog:
  - authconfig-gtk.py: require rhpl, which is required by the script (#104209)
  - both: require usermode (authconfig-gtk transitively), else leave a dangling
    symlink (#104209)
  - the great redhat-config-authentication/system-config-authentication renaming,
    as was foretold in the fedora-config-list archives


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - rework tui to include winbind options. there wasn't enough room in the old
    dialog to include the important options, so the whole thing's been reworked


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.3.7-1
changelog:
  - authconfig-gtk: condrestart certain additional services if invoked with
    the --firstboot flag (half of #91268, needs cooperating firstboot)
  - translation updates


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - add 'redhat-config-authentication' as an alias for authconfig-gtk
  - make authconfig-gtk exec authconfig if gui startup fails and it looks like
    we're connected to a tty


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.2.10-3
changelog:
  - include the userhelper configuration file
  - require sufficiently-new pam package in the gui subpackage


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.2.9-1
changelog:
  - add --enable-experimental to enable some of that experimental code
  - add --enable-local to enable local policies
  - update translations


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.2.8-5
changelog:
  - remove bogus buildrequires left over from when authconfig-gtk was C code
  - buildrequires python-devel in addition to python (to build the python module,
    but we still need python to byte-compile the python script)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.2.5-1
changelog:
  - actually free authInfo structures when asked to
  - use pam_krb5's account management facilities
  - conflict with versions of pam_krb5 which don't offer account management


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.2.4-1
changelog:
  - add python bindings for the back-end
  - redo the gui so that it exercises the python bindings
  - take a shot at getting authconfig to work in a firstboot container


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.2.3-1
changelog:
  - add some more experimental options
  - clean up the glade files a bit
  - don't destroy a garbage pointer on main cancel, destroy the main dialog


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.2.2-1
changelog:
  - make setting of experimental options only possible through
    /etc/sysconfig/authconfig, to keep accidents from happening
  - add some more support for experimental stuff


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.2.1-1
changelog:
  - fix setting of LDAP TLS option in authconfig-gtk
  - change Apply to Ok, Close to Cancel, because that's how they work


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.2-1
changelog:
  - port to glib2
  - move post code to the back-end
  - add a libglade GUI in a -gtk subpackage
  - set up to use userhelper


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - remove pam_winbind from the list of session modules, because it doesn't
    provide a session-management interface


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.1.20-1
changelog:
  - make pam_localuser sufficient after pam_unix in account management, to allow
    local users in even if network connections to the LDAP directory are down (the
    network users should fail when pam_ldap returns a system error)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.1.17-1
changelog:
  - make pam_ldap required for account management when ldapauth is enabled
    (this requires pam_ldap 114 or later, but simplifies things)
  - more translation updates


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.1.16-1
changelog:
  - warn about nscd the same way we do about nss_ldap and pam_krb5
  - reorder some internal code so that it's easier to maintain
  - change help string about the --probe option to make it clearer that using
    it doesn't actually set any options
  - update translations from CVS


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - use USESHADOW, USENIS, USEHESIOD, and USESMBAUTH variables to
    /etc/sysconfig/authconfig
  - update translations


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - add "type=" to the list of arguments set up for pam_cracklib
  - also modify /etc/krb.conf when configuring Kerberos (for compatibility)
  - add --enablecache and --disablecache, which duplicates some of ntsysv's
    functionality, but it belongs here, too
  - bravely try to carry on if bad options are passed in during kickstart


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - fix man page reference to file (/etc/sysconfig/authconfig, not auth) (#43344)
  - own /etc/sysconfig/authconfig (#43344)
  - fix spelling errors in Japanese message files (#15984)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - add --probe option to guess at LDAP and Kerberos configuration using DNS
  - add preliminary support for SMB authentication


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - handle the case where the user doesn't specify a Kerberos realm, but
    enables it anyway
  - update translations


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - remove pam_access from the default configuration -- swat, pop, imap, etc.
    don't define a tty and pam_access bails if one isn't set


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - ignore on errors connecting to LDAP servers when doing LDAP account mgmt
    (probably less secure, but it allows root to log in when a wrong server
    name has been specified or the server is down)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - make account management in system-auth be an AND operation, but ignore
    user_unknown status for pam_ldap account management so that local root
    can log in (#26029)
  - add pam_access and pam_env (#16170) to default configuration


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - match nss_ldap change of flag definitions for "ssl" flag ("on"=>"start_tls")
  - change the "nothing-enabled" default so that we don't mistakenly think that
    NIS is enabled later on when it isn't supposed to be (#23327)
  - only enable LDAP-related entry stuff on the appropriate screens (#23328)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - don't write out configuration files for NIS, LDAP, Kerberos, Hesiod unless
    they're enabled when the user quits (we always write NSS, PAM, network)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - don't bother with USESHADOW; testing for /etc/shadow is sufficient
  - use newtGrids to make NLS text fit (mostly)
  - also edit "hosts:" to make sure it's there if nsswitch.conf is gone or broken
  - preserve use of "db" and "nisplus" sources, even though we don't set them up


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - don't set "shadow" or "md5" for authentication with pam_unix, they're
    not needed (remove for clarity)
  - add an authInfoCopy() routine to authinfo.c


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - change nss order from (hesiod,ldap,nis) to (nis,ldap,hesiod) in case shadow
    is in use
  - kick nscd when we quit if it's running (and obey --nostart)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - silently support the broken_shadow and bigcrypt flags for pam_unix
  - only shut down ypbind if /var/run/ypbind exists


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - fix multiple-blank-line problem
  - verify that NISDOMAIN is recorded properly in /etc/sysconfig/network


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - fix multiple realms section bug
  - close all files we open
  - bail on errors, even when we can see the file
  - use RPM_OPT_FLAGS
  - support multiple NIS servers
  - warn if needed files aren't there


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - fix the uncommented comment problem
  - pam_krb5 doesn't provide account management
  - base DN can have spaces in it
  - use pam_krb5afs for krb5 if /afs is readable
  - add the tokens flag to pam_krb5afs
  - break (user info and auth setup) into two screens


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - finish LDAP support
  - add Kerberos 5 support
  - add Hesiod support
  - migrate PAM config file logic to new method


author: Matt Wilson <msw@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - changed "/sbin/chkconfig --add ypbind" to
    "/sbin/chkconfig --level 345 ypbind on"
  - added checks for null nis domains and servers if nis is enabled or if
    not using broadcast.
  - added newt entry filter for spaces in domains


author: Matt Wilson <msw@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Rewrote UI to handle geometry management properly
  - MD5 passwords do not require shadow passwords, so made them independent


author: Trond Eivind Glomsrød <teg@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - fixed bug 7145 (long commands -> coredump) 
  - removed explicit stripping, it does this by itself anyway
  - gzipped man-pages


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - use 
    CFLAGS="${CFLAGS:--O2 -pipe -m64}" ; export CFLAGS ; 
    CXXFLAGS="${CXXFLAGS:--O2 -pipe -m64}" ; export CXXFLAGS ; 
    FFLAGS="${FFLAGS:--O2 -pipe -m64}" ; export FFLAGS ; 
    for i in $(find . -name config.guess -o -name config.sub) ; do 
             [ -f /usr/lib/rpm/redhat/$(basename $i) ] && /bin/rm -f $i && /bin/cp -fv /usr/lib/rpm/redhat/$(basename $i) $i ; 
    done ; 
    ./configure --build=x86_64-redhat-linux-gnu --host=x86_64-redhat-linux-gnu \
  	--target=x86_64-redhat-linux-gnu \
  	--program-prefix= \
  	--prefix=/usr \
  	--exec-prefix=/usr \
  	--bindir=/usr/bin \
  	--sbindir=/usr/sbin \
  	--sysconfdir=/etc \
  	--datadir=/usr/share \
  	--includedir=/usr/include \
  	--libdir=/usr/lib64 \
  	--libexecdir=/usr/libexec \
  	--localstatedir=/var \
  	--sharedstatedir=/usr/com \
  	--mandir=/usr/share/man \
  	--infodir=/usr/share/info


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com> 3.0.0-1.20030616
changelog:
  - try to out smart libtool a different way.
  - use $bc_target_cpu, not $bc_target_arch, to detect /usr/lib64.


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com> 3.0.0-0.20030528
changelog:
  - upgrade to 3.0.0 snapshot, adding rpm specific base64.[ch] changes.
  - add PYTHONPATH=.. so that "make check" can test the just built _bc.so module.
  - grab cpuinfo and run "make bench".
  - continue ignoring "make check" failures, LD_LIBRARY_PATH needed for _bc.so.
  - skip asm build failure on ia64 for now.
  - ignore "make bench" exit codes too, x86_64 has AES segfault.


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com> 3.0.0-0.20030516
changelog:
  - upgrade to 3.0.0 snapshot, including ia64 and x86_64 fixes.
  - add %check.
  - ignore "make check" failure on ia64 for now.


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com> 3.0.0-0.20030512
changelog:
  - upgrade to 3.0.0 snapshot.
  - add doxygen doco.
  - use /dev/urandom as default entropy source.
  - avoid known broken compilation for now.


author: Adam Tkac <atkac redhat com> 20:9.2.4-29
changelog:
  - more verbose query logging messages (#241745)
  - initscript LSB standardization (#242735)
  - add rndc freeze/thaw commands to named and rndc (#247147)
  - update L.ROOT-SERVERS.NET address (#363541)


author: Adam Tkac <atkac redhat com> 20:9.2.4-25.el4
changelog:
  - named initscript doesn't have configtest parameter (#157601)
  - unexpected TSIGs aren't handle correctly (#192192, CVE-2006-2073,
    NOT security issue, it's bug)
  - bind-chroot doesn't clean chroot during uninstall (#205266)
  - initscript doesn't unmount proc filesystem (#209839)
  - host always returns 0 (#219473)
  - rndc.key isn't generated correctly (#227798)


author: Martin Stransky <stransky@redhat.com> - 20:9.2.4-20.EL4
changelog:
  - fix bug 203070: rndc.conf change breaks working bind config
  - fix bug 204288: postinstall scriptlet sets wrong permission (0655)


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com> - 20:9.2.4-16_EL
changelog:
  - Fix bug 173961: prevent segfault in resolver.c ncache_adderesult
  - allow named ability to dump core after setuid()
  - rebuild for new U3 glibc, gcc & binutils


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com> - 20:9.2.4-12_EL
changelog:
  - Fix bug 170337: backport edns-udp-size feature from 9.3
  - fix bug 169416: allow user '-c' option use in initscript
  - fix bug 167682: remove group write access to /var/named/chroot/{.,*}


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com> - 20:9.2.4-8_EL
changelog:
  - fix bug 152334: upgrade from RHEL-3 to RHEL-4 will fail 
  - fix bug 144467: upgrade from RHEL-3 to RHEL-4 will fail


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com> - 20:9.2.4-7_EL3
changelog:
  - As pointed out by notting , getting chkconfig runlevels as in previous
  - fix would fail in non-english locales . Using 'chkconfig --level=$level named'
  - instead in triggerun .


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com> - 20:9.2.4-6_EL3
changelog:
  - Fix bug 143786 : named run levels still not restored after 
  -                  upgrade from 9.4.2-EL3_10                 :-(


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com> - 20:9.2.4-4_EL3
changelog:
  - Fix bug 143558 : do 'chkconfig --add named' in triggerpostun after
  - 9.2.4-EL3_10's postun 'chkconfig --del named'


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com> - 20:9.2.4-4_EL3
changelog:
  - Fix bugs 140528 and 141113:
  - 2 second timeouts when IPv6 not configured and root nameserver's
  - AAAA addresses are queried


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com> - 20:9.2.4-2
changelog:
  - Fix bug 136243: bind-chroot %post must run restorecon -R /var/named/chroot
  - Fix bug 135175: named.init must return non-zero if named is not run
  - Fix bug 134060: bind-chroot %post must use mktemp, not /tmp/named
  - Fix bug 133423: bind-chroot %files entries should have been %dirs


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com> - 20:9.2.4-1_EL3
changelog:
  - I will regret releasing bind-9.2.4-EL3_10 to my dying day!
  - Somehow, the enclosing 'if [ $1 -eq 0 ]' got dropped from 
  - bind-chroot-9.2.4-EL3_10's %preun, so during upgrade it undoes
  - what the %post script did. Aargh!


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com> - 20:9.2.4-1
changelog:
  - BIND 9.2.4 (final release) released - source code actually
  - identical to 9.2.4rc8, with only version number change.


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com> - 10:9.2.4rc8-14
changelog:
  - Upgrade to upstream bind-9.2.4rc8 .
  - Progress: Finally! Hooray! ISC bind now distributes:
  - o named.conf(5) and nslookup(8) manpages 
  -    'bind-manpages.bz2' source can now disappear
  -    (could this have something to do with ISC bug I raised about this?)
  - o 'deprecation_msg' global has vanished 
  -     bind-9.2.3rc3-deprecation_msg_shut_up.diff.bz2 can disappear


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com> - 10:9.2.4rc7-12_EL3
changelog:
  - Fix bug 132303: if ROOTDIR line was replaced after upgrade from
  - bind-chroot-9.2.2-21, restart named


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com> - 10:9.2.4rc7-11_EL3
changelog:
  - Fix bug 131803: replace ROOTDIR line removed by broken 
  - bind-chroot 9.2.2-21's '%postun'; added %triggerpostun for bind-chroot


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com> - 10:9.2.4rc7-10
changelog:
  - Fix bug 130121: add '%ghost' entries for files included in previous
  - bind-chroot & not in current - ie. named.conf, rndc.key, dev/* - 
  - that RPM removed after upgrade .


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Fix bug 130981: add '-t' option to named-checkconf invocation in
  - named.init if chroot installed.


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Remove resolver(5) manpage now in man-pages (bug 130792); 
  - Don't create /dev/ entries in bind-chroot if already there (bug 127556);
  - fix bind-devel Requires (bug 130919)
  - Set default location for dumpdb & stats files to /var/named/data


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Fixed bug 129289: bind-chroot install / deinstall
  - on install, existing config files 'safe_replace'd
  - with links to chroot copies; on uninstall, moved back.


author: Jason Vas Dias <jvdias@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Fixed named.init generation of error messages on
  - 'service named stop' and 'service named reload'
  - as per bug 127775


author: Daniel Walsh <dwalsh@redhat.com> 9.2.2-13
changelog:
  - Fix config description of named.conf in chroot
  - Change named.init script to check for existence of /etc/sysconfig/network


author: Daniel Walsh <dwalsh@redhat.com> 9.2.1-12
changelog:
  - Fix log rotate to use service named reload
  - Change service named reload to give success/failure message [73770]
  - Fix File checking [75710]
  - Begin change to automatically run in CHROOT environment


author: Karsten Hopp <karsten@redhat.de> 9.2.1-7
changelog:
  - fix name of pidfine in logrotate script (#68842)
  - fix owner of logfile in logrotate script (#41391)
  - fix nslookup and named.conf man pages (output on stderr)
    (#63553, #63560, #63561, #54889, #57457)
  - add rfc1912 (#50005)
  - gzip all rfc's
  - fix typo in keygen.c (#54870)
  - added missing manpages (#64065)
  - shutdown named properly with rndc stop (#62492)
  - /sbin/nologin instead of /bin/false (#68607)
  - move nsupdate to bind-utils (where the manpage already was) (#66209, #66381)
  - don't kill initscript when rndc fails (reload)    (#58750)


author: Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@redhat.com> 9.2.1-2
changelog:
  - Move libisccc, lib isccfg and liblwres from bind-utils to bind,
    they're not required if you aren't running a nameserver.


author: Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@redhat.com> 9.2.0-7
changelog:
  - Don't exit if /etc/named.conf doesn't exist if we're running
    chroot (#60868)
  - Revert Elliot's changes, we do require specific glibc/glibc-kernheaders
    versions or bug #58335 will be back. "It compiles, therefore it works"
    isn't always true.


author: Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@redhat.com> 9.2.0-0.rc3.1
changelog:
  - 9.2.0rc3
  - remove ttl patch, I don't think we need this for 8.0.
  - remove dig.1.bz2 from the bind8-manpages tar file, 9.2 has a new dig man page
  - add lwres* man pages to -devel


author: Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@redhat.com> 9.1.3-4
changelog:
  - Make sure /etc/rndc.conf isn't world-readable even after the
    %post script inserted a random key (#53009)


author: Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@redhat.com> 9.1.3-3
changelog:
  - Add build dependencies (#49368)
  - Make sure running service named start several times doesn't create
    useless processes (#47596)
  - Work around the named parent process returning 0 even if the config
    file is broken (it's parsed later by the child processes) (#45484)


author: Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@redhat.com> 9.1.3-0.rc1.2
changelog:
  - Add named.conf man page from bind 8.x (outdated, but better than nothing,
    - Rename the rndc key (#42895)
  - Add dnssec* man pages


author: Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@redhat.com> 9.1.2-1
changelog:
  - 9.1.2 final. No changes between 9.1.2-0.rc1.1 and this one, except for
    the version number, though.


author: Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@redhat.com> 9.1.0-9
changelog:
  - Work around bind 8 -> bind 9 migration problem when using buggy zone files:
    accept zones without a TTL, but spew out a big fat warning. (#31393)


author: Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Don't use the standard rndc key from the documentation, instead, create a random one
    at installation time (#26358)
  - Make /etc/rndc.conf readable by user named only, it contains secret keys


author: Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - 9.1.1 probably won't be out in time, revert to 9.1.0 and apply fixes
    from 9.1.1rc2
  - bind requires bind-utils (#28317)


author: Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Update to 9.1.1rc1; fixes 17 bugs (14 of them affecting us;
    1 was fixed in a Red Hat patch already, 2 others are portability
    improvements)


author: Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Make /etc/rndc.conf and /etc/sysconfig/named noreplace
  - Make devel require bind = %{version} rather than just bind


author: Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Move run files to /var/run/named/ - /var/run isn't writable
    by the user we're running as. (Bug #20665)


author: Karsten Hopp <karsten@redhat.de>
changelog:
  - fixed logrotate script (wrong path to kill)
  - include header files in -devel package
  - bugzilla #22049, #19147, 21606


author: Bernhard Rosenkränzer <bero@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Fix up the initscript (Bug #13033)
  - Fix build with current glibc (Bug #12755)
  - /etc/rc.d/init.d -> /etc/init.d
  - use %{_mandir} rather than /usr/share/man


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - modify logrotate setup to use PID file
  - temporarily disable optimization by unsetting $RPM_OPT_FLAGS at build-time
  - actually bump the release this time


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - provide /var/named (fix for bugs #9847, #10205)
  - preserve args when restarted via ndc(8) (bug #10227)
  - make resolv.conf(5) a link to resolver(5) (bug #10245)
  - fix SYSTYPE bug in all makefiles
  - move creation of named user from %post into %pre


author: Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Fix up location of named-bootconf.pl and make it executable
    (Bug #8028)
  - bind-devel requires bind


author: Preston Brown <pbrown@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - use real stop and start in named.init for restart, not ndc restart, it has
    problems when named has changed during a package update... (# 4890)


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - update to 8.2.1.
  - add named.logrotate (#3571).
  - hack around egcs-1.1.2 -m486 bug (#3413, #3485).
  - vet file list.


author: Stepan Kasal <kasal@math.cas.cz>
changelog:
  - nslookup patched:
    to count numRecords properly
    to fix subsequent calls to ls -d
    to parse "view" and "finger" commands properly
    the view hack updated for bind-8 (using sed)


author: Manuel J. Galan <manolow@step.es>
changelog:
  - Several essential modifications to build and install correctly.
  - Modified 'ndc' to avoid deprecated use of '-'


author: Scott Lampert <fortunato@heavymetal.org>
changelog:
  - Used buildroot
  - patched bin/named/ns_udp.c to use <libelf/nlist.h> for include
    on Redhat 5.0 instead of <nlist.h>


author: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@redhat.com> 1.0.4-4
changelog:
  - BuildRequires: sysfsutils-devel to make the horrid autoconf script magically
    change the entire package's behaviour just because it happens to find 
    slightly different header files lying around.
  - Include our own kernel-derived headers


author: Jonathan Martens <smeserver-contribs@snetram.nl> - 1.4.0-20
changelog:
  - Reverting all changes made Oct 4, as they should be made through Pootle
  - Applying Pootle patch, fixing [SME: 4618] and [SME: 4616]


author: Jonathan Martens <smeserver-contribs@snetram.nl> - 1.4.0-18
changelog:
  - Remove colored highlights from German locale [SME: 4618]
  - Fix changelog entry in previous entry for [SME: 4616]


author: Jonathan Martens <smeserver-contribs@snetram.nl> - 1.4.0-17
changelog:
  - Remove references to the wiki from the German locale [SME: 4616]
  - Fix bug referrence in previous changelog entry [SME: 4617]


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com> 1.4.0-4
changelog:
  - Move requires e-smith-formmagick to correct places [SME: 3858]
  - Add missing aspell module requires


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.0.1-06
changelog:
  - Copied English emailsettings lexicon to Spanish so the panel at
    least works when browsing in Spanish [SME: 386]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.0.1-01
changelog:
  - Roll patches up to 1.0.0-12
  - Convert all DOS format files to Unix format to ease patching [SME: 66]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.0.0-11
changelog:
  - Add defattr definition to each sub-package [SF: 1296531]
  - Remove fr-ca to fr relocation - it can stay in e-smith-base, or
    even get removed entirely. It's for 5.6 -> 6.0 upgrades in any case.


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.0.0-09
changelog:
  - Initial work on generating separate locale packages [SF: 1309520]
  - Do we really want to generate around 80 one to seven file packages? 
    I don't think so - it may be "correct", but it's really ugly


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.0.0-07
changelog:
  - Ensure zero exit status from fr pre scriptlet [SF: 1309520]
  - TODO: Do we need this any more - IIRC it's for 5.5 -> 6.0
    It is also in e-smith-base, and should be removed from there


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.0.0-04
changelog:
  - Don't generate the parent (combined) package, just the sub-packages
  - Remove en_US/en-us files from install tree. They are just here for
    translation convenience and to provide a comparison with the
    relevant base packages (TODO: Decide whether to delete them) [SF: 1309520]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.0.0-01
changelog:
  - Repackaging of all L10Ns except en-us in one RPM. en-us L10Ns live
    in the base packages. All languages are stored in the single source
    RPM, but a separate binary RPM is generated per language. [SF: 1309520]


author: Harald Hoyer <harald@redhat.com> - 8:2.01.1-4
changelog:
  - use scd? instead of sg? for scsi scanning (may only work
    with a medium inserted, see bug 134822)


author: Harald Hoyer <harald@redhat.com> - 8:2.01.1-3
changelog:
  - better globbing
  - readded O_EXCL opening for the direct device opening case, 
    e.g. dev=/dev/cdrom
  - removed some debugging messages (bug 82089)


author: Harald Hoyer <harald@redhat.com> - 8:2.01.0.a33-1
changelog:
  - new version
  - [cdrtools changelog]: The changes in this release are as follows:
    Cdrecord now tries to check DMA speed, and prevents users from not
    using burnproof if the system is too slow. A bug in mkisofs
    -dvd-video was fixed. A bug in NT SPTI SCSI handling was fixed.


author: Harald Hoyer <harald@redhat.com> - 8:2.01.0.a32-1
changelog:
  - new version
  - [cdrtools changelog]: The clone option was documented in the man page.  
    cdda2wav/readcd -scanbus now works correctly readcd and  gives a 
    summary of defective sector numbers at the end. The  mkisofs 
    -H/-L/-P options were marked as reserved by POSIX, and mkisofs 
    was sped up for very long pathological directories  
    (all filenames need to be renamed for 8.3).


author: Harald Hoyer <harald@redhat.com> - 8:2.01-0.a27.2
changelog:
  - added dvd patch from http://people.mandrakesoft.com/~warly/files/cdrtools/
  - added note to manpage about configuration path change


author: Mike A. Harris <mharris@redhat.com> 1.10-10
changelog:
  - Quelled rpmlint warning messages by adding Provides: cdrecord-cdda2wav to
    cdda2wav subpackage and Provides: mkisofs to mkisofs subpackage


author: Mike A. Harris <mharris@redhat.com> 1.10-8
changelog:
  - Added cdrtools-1.10-mkisofs-sharing.patch to fix bug (#56304)
  - Added zisofs support patch from Hans Peter Anvin for bugzilla enhancement
    request number (#59251), which requires a Linux kernel 2.4.14 or newer in
    order to have zisofs support.


author: Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@redhat.com> 1.10-3
changelog:
  - Add Epoch - the new cdrecord subpackage had a smaller Epoch than the
    standalone cdrecord package from 7.1, causing update problems (#49963)


author: Crutcher Dunnavant <crutcher@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - split to a cdrtools srpm
  - itterated to 1.10
  - applied alane@geeksrus.net's patch to fix bug #19841


author: Trond Eivind Glomsrød <teg@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - upgraded to 1.8.1 - updated the redhat patch (renamed to
    "conflocation"), remove the SILO patch (it should be
    supported now...). Is the IDE-patch still necesarry?
  - upgraded source location
  - don't strip manually


author: Cristian Gafton <gafton@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - version 1.8a40
  - according to the author, cdda2wav and mkisofs are more recent in this
    package, so build them out of this tree too
  - add sparc patch from jakub


author: Cristian Gafton <gafton@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - removed the mkisofs subpackage - we have mkisofs provided by 
    a'nother package (doh!)
  - moved former mkisofs diagnostic binaries to the main package
  - get rod of the cdda2wav too; cdparanoia is now in the distribution and
    it is a whole lot better too


author: Johnny Hughes <johnny@centos.org>
changelog:
  - Modified to provide yumconf and obsolete centos-yumconf
  - added the default yum, apt, and up2date repository files


author: Johnny Hughes <johnny@centos.org>
changelog:
  - Modified to obsolete and provide redhat-release instead
    of just providing it.
  - Modified to config(noreplace) /etc/issue and /etc/issue.net


author: Bill Nottingham <notting@redhat.com> 1.3.13.3-1
changelog:
  - for LSB scripts, use any chkconfig: priorities as a basis,
    instead of 50/50 (#172599)
  - fix LSB script dependency setting when no chkconfig: line
    is present (#161870, <jean-francois.larvoire@hp.com>)
  - fix LSB script dependency setting when one of Required-Stop
    or Required-Start: is missing (#168457)


author: Dan Walsh <dwalsh@redhat.com> 1.3.8-2
changelog:
  - Fix readXinetdServiceInfo to return error on not regular files
  - Fix chkconfig to not write messages if readXinetdServiceInfo gets an error


author: Bill Nottingham <notting@redhat.com> 1.3.4-1
changelog:
  - don't apply the dependency logic to things that already have
    start/stop priorities
  - fix silly display bug in --config


author: Bill Nottingham <notting@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - alternatives: handle initscripts too; --initscript command-line option
  - chkconfig/ntsysv (and serviceconf, indirectly): services with
     *no* links in /etc/rc*.d are no longer displayed with --list, or
     available for configuration except via chkconfig command-line options
  - alternatives: fix trying to enable disable a null service


author: Bill Nottingham <notting@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - actually, put the alternatives stuff back in /usr/sbin
  - ship /etc/alternatives dir
  - random alternatives fixes


author: Matt Wilson <msw@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - changed Prereq: initscripts >= 5.18 to Conflicts: initscripts < 5.18
  - fixed sumary and description where a global string replace nuked them


author: Matt Wilson <msw@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - added support for a "hide: true" tag in initscripts that will make
    services not appear in ntsysv when run with the "--hide" flag


author: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@conectiva.com.br>
changelog:
  - added pt_BR translations
  - added more translatable strings
  - support for i18n init.d scripts description


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.15.92.0.2-25
changelog:
  - cmpxchg16b support in gas and objdump (Jan Beulich, H.J.Lu, #251403)
  - SSE5 support in gas and objdump (Michael Meissner, Dwarakanath Rajagopal,
    Tony Linthicum, H.J.Lu, #439779)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.15.92.0.2-24
changelog:
  - AMDFam10 support in gas and objdump (Dwarakanath Rajagopal,
    Michael Meissner, #231313)
  - SSE4 support in gas and objdump (H.J.Lu, #235549)
  - fix ld --emit-relocs on ppc64 (Alan Modra, #235220)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.15.92.0.2-22
changelog:
  - fix crashes/buffer overflows on invalid tekhex files (Kaz Kojima,
    CVE-2006-2362, BZ#2584)
  - fix ld -r .tcommon handling (#208571)
  - fix synthetic symtab handling (Alan Modra, #200886)
  - fix EFI magic number (Bibo Mao, BZ#3171, #206000)
  - add rdtscp insn support (Jan Beulich, #206968)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.15.92.0.2-20
changelog:
  - MNI support for assembler on i?86/x86-64 (H.J.Lu, #183080, IT#88796)
  - fix indirect symbol handling in the linker (H.J.Lu, #185340, IT#90233,
    BZ#1025)
  - support new CIE flag S for signal frames (#187035, IT#87026,
    PR other/26208, BZ#300)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.15.92.0.2-16
changelog:
  - document -z {no,}execstack, -z {no,}relro and --eh-frame-hdr linker options
    (#167132, IT#78887)
  - fix merging of weak symbols (Paul Brook, H.J.Lu, Alan Modra,
    Alexandre Oliva, #168316, IT#77962)
  - fix ppc32 -relax (Alan Modra, #170281, IT#80491, IT#63232)
  - relocations against STV_PROTECTED non-STT_FUNC symbols defined in the same
    library/binary shouldn't be dynamic (H.J.Lu, BZ#679, #169481,
    IT#80575, #171956)
  - fix buffer overflow when disassembling a long sequence of (invalid)
    rex prefixes on x86_64 (Alan Modra, #173136, IT#81231)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.15.92.0.2-14
changelog:
  - bfd and readelf robustification (CAN-2005-1704, #158680)
  - remove symbols in .gnu.warning.* from output (Alan Modra, #156107, IT#70038)
  - make gprof work with ppc64 -mcall-linux binaries/libraries rather
    than just -mcall-aixdesc (Alan Modra, #156111, IT#70704)
  - on IA-64 add -mhint.b={error,warning,ok} option, by default error on
    hint.b@pause (H.J.Lu, Jim Wilson, Prarit Bhargava, #158336, IT#72728)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.15.92.0.2-12
changelog:
  - fix .note.GNU-stack/PT_GNU_STACK computation in linker on ppc64 (#147296)
  - fix stripping of binaries/libraries that have empty sections right before
    .dynamic section (with the same starting address; #144038)
  - handle AS_NEEDED (...) in linker script INPUT/GROUP


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.15.92.0.2-7.EL4
changelog:
  - don't crash if STT_SECTION symbol has incorrect st_shndx (e.g. SHN_ABS,
    as created by nasm; #142181)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.15.92.0.2-6.EL4
changelog:
  - don't try to make absptr LSDAs relative if they don't have relocations
    against them (Alan Modra, #141162)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.15.92.0.2-3
changelog:
  - revert Sep 09 change to make ppc L second argument e.g. for tlbie
    non-optional
  - fix stripping of prelinked binaries and libraries (#133734)
  - allow strings(1) on 32-bit arches to be used again with > 2GB
    files (#133555)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.15.91.0.2-9
changelog:
  - avoid almost 1MB (sparse) gaps in the middle of -z relro
    libraries on x86-64 (Andreas Schwab)
  - fix -z relro to make sure end of PT_GNU_RELRO segment is always
    COMMONPAGESIZE aligned


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.15.91.0.2-8
changelog:
  - fix linker segfaults on input objects with SHF_LINK_ORDER with
    incorrect sh_link (H.J.Lu, Nick Clifton, #130198, BZ #290)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.15.91.0.2-7
changelog:
  - resolve all undefined ppc64 .* syms to the function bodies through
    .opd, not just those used in brach instructions (Alan Modra)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.15.91.0.2-5
changelog:
  - various ppc64 make check fixes when using non-dot-syms gcc (Alan Modra)
  - fix --gc-sections
  - on ia64 create empty .gnu.linkonce.ia64unw*.* sections for
    .gnu.linkonce.t.* function doesn't need unwind info


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.15.91.0.2-4
changelog:
  - kill ppc64 dot symbols (Alan Modra)
  - objdump -d support for objects without dot symbols
  - support for overlapping ppc64 .opd entries


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.15.90.0.3-4
changelog:
  - -z relro ppc/ppc64/ia64 fixes
  - change x86-64 .plt symbol st_size handling to match ia32
  - prettify objdump -d output


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.15.90.0.1.1-2
changelog:
  - update to 20040326 CVS
    - fix ppc64 weak .opd symbol handling (Alan Modra, #119086)
  - fix .tbss handling bug introduced


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.14.90.0.8-8
changelog:
  - with -z now without --enable-new-dtags create DT_BIND_NOW
    dynamic entry in addition to DT_FLAGS_1 with DF_1_NOW bit set


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.14.90.0.8-2
changelog:
  - fix testcases on AMD64
  - fix .got's sh_entsize on IA32/AMD64
  - set COMMONPAGESIZE on s390/s390x
  - set COMMONPAGESIZE on ppc32 (Alan Modra)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.14.90.0.6-4
changelog:
  - fix assembly parsing of foo=(.-bar)/4 (Alan Modra)
  - fix IA-64 assembly parsing of (p7) hint @pause


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.14.90.0.6-1
changelog:
  - update to 2.14.90.0.6
  - speed up string merging (Lars Knoll, Michael Matz, Alan Modra)
  - speed up IA-64 local symbol handling during linking


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.14.90.0.5-4
changelog:
  - fix ppc64 elfvsb linker tests
  - some more 64-bit cleanliness fixes, give ppc64 fdesc symbols
    type and size (Alan Modra)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.14.90.0.4-22
changelog:
  - fix elfNN_ia64_dynamic_symbol_p (Richard Henderson, #86661)
  - don't access memory beyond what was allocated in readelf
    (Richard Henderson)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.14.90.0.4-19
changelog:
  - fix -pie support on amd64, s390, s390x and ppc64
  - issue relocation overflow errors for s390/s390x -fpic code when
    accessing .got slots above 4096 bytes from .got start


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.14.90.0.4-17
changelog:
  - fix ia64 -pie support
  - require no undefined non-weak symbols in PIEs like required for normal
    binaries


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.14.90.0.4-16
changelog:
  - fix readelf -d on IA-64
  - build libiberty.a with -fPIC, so that it can be lined into shared
    libraries


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.14.90.0.4-14
changelog:
  - added support for Intel Prescott instructions
  - fix hint@pause for ia64
  - add workaround for LTP sillyness (#97934)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.14.90.0.4-13
changelog:
  - update CFI stuff to 2003-06-18
  - make sure .eh_frame is aligned to 8 bytes on 64-bit arches,
    remove padding within one .eh_frame section


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.14.90.0.4-9
changelog:
  - ensure R_PPC64_{RELATIVE,ADDR64} have *r_offset == r_addend
    and the other relocs have *r_offset == 0


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.14.90.0.4-8
changelog:
  - remove some unnecessary provides in ppc64 linker script
    which were causing e.g. empty .ctors/.dtors section creation


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.14.90.0.4-7
changelog:
  - some CFI updates/fixes
  - don't create dynamic relocations against symbols defined in PIE
    exported from its .dynsym


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.14.90.0.4-2
changelog:
  - rename ld --dynamic option to --pic-executable or --pie
  - fix ld --help output
  - document --pie/--pic-executable in ld.info and ld.1


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.14.90.0.4-1
changelog:
  - update to 2.14.90.0.4-1
  - gas CFI updates (Richard Henderson)
  - dynamic executables (Ulrich Drepper)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.13.90.0.20-4
changelog:
  - fix ppc32 plt reference counting
  - don't include /usr/lib64/debug in the non-debuginfo package
    (#87729)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.13.90.0.18-6
changelog:
  - don't clear elf_link_hash_flags in the .symver patch
  - only use TC_FORCE_RELOCATION in s390's TC_FORCE_RELOCATION_SUB_SAME
    (Alan Modra)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.13.90.0.18-5
changelog:
  - fix the previous .symver change
  - remove libbfd.so and libopcodes.so symlinks, so that other packages
    link statically, not dynamically against libbfd and libopcodes
    whose ABI is everything but stable


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.13.90.0.18-3
changelog:
  - handle .symver x, x@FOO in ld such that relocs against x become
    dynamic relocations against x@FOO (#83325)
  - two PPC64 TLS patches (Alan Modra)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.13.90.0.18-2
changelog:
  - fix SEARCH_DIR on x86_64/s390x
  - fix Alpha --relax
  - create DT_RELA{,SZ,ENT} on s390 even if there is just .rela.plt
    and no .rela.dyn section
  - support IA-32 on IA-64 (#83752)
  - .eh_frame_hdr fix (Andreas Schwab)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.13.90.0.16-8
changelog:
  - alpha TLS fixes
  - use .debug_line directory table to make the section tiny bit smaller
  - libtool fix from Jens Petersen


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.13.90.0.10-4
changelog:
  - pad .rodata.cstNN sections at the end if they aren't sized to multiple
    of sh_entsize
  - temporary patch to make .eh_frame and .gcc_except_table sections
    readonly if possible (should be removed when AUTO_PLACE is implemented)
  - fix .PPC.EMB.apuinfo section flags


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.13.90.0.10-3
changelog:
  - fix names and content of alpha non-alloced .rela.* sections (#76583)
  - delete unpackaged files from the buildroot


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.13.90.0.10-1
changelog:
  - update to 2.13.90.0.10
  - add a bi-arch patch for sparc/s390/x86_64
  - add --enable-64-bit-bfd on sparc, s390 and ppc


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.13.90.0.4-2
changelog:
  - fix orphan .rel and .rela section placement with -z combreloc (Alan Modra)
  - skip incompatible linker scripts when searching for libraries


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.13.90.0.4-1
changelog:
  - update to 2.13.90.0.4
  - x86-64 TLS support
  - some IA-32 TLS fixes
  - some backported patches from trunk
  - include opcodes, ld, gas and bfd l10n too


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.13.90.0.2-3
changelog:
  - allow addends for IA-32 TLS @tpoff, @ntpoff and @dtpoff
  - clear memory at *r_offset of dynamic relocs on PPC
  - avoid ld crash if accessing non-local symbols through LE relocs
  - new IA-32 TLS relocs, bugfixes and testcases
  - use brl insn on IA-64 (Richard Henderson)
  - fix R_IA64_PCREL21{M,F} handling (Richard Henderson)
  - build in separate builddir, so that gasp tests don't fail
  - include localization


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.13.90.0.2-1
changelog:
  - update to 2.13.90.0.2
    - fix ld TLS assertion failure (#70084)
    - fix readelf --debug-dump= handling to match man page and --help
      (#68997)
  - fix _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE gas handling (#70241)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.12.90.0.15-1
changelog:
  - update to 2.12.90.0.15
  - TLS .tbss fix
  - don't use rpm %configure macro, it is broken too often (#69366)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.11.93.0.2-12
changelog:
  - fix .hidden handling on SPARC (Richard Henderson)
  - don't crash when linking -shared non-pic code with SHF_MERGE
  - fix .eh_frame_hdr for DW_EH_PE_aligned
  - correctly adjust DW_EH_PE_pcrel encoded personalities in CIEs


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.11.93.0.2-4
changelog:
  - add DW_EH_PE_absptr -> DW_EH_PE_pcrel optimization for shared libs,
    if DW_EH_PE_absptr cannot be converted that way, don't build the
    .eh_frame_hdr search table


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.11.93.0.2-2
changelog:
  - trade one saved runtime page for data segment (=almost always not shared)
    for up to one page of disk space where possible


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.11.92.0.12-7
changelog:
  - as ld is currently not able to shrink input sections to zero size
    during discard_info, build a fake minimal CIE in that case
  - update elf-strtab patch to what was commited


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.11.92.0.12-3
changelog:
  - H.J.'s patch to avoid crash if input files are not ELF
  - don't crash if a SHF_MERGE for some reason could not be merged
  - fix objcopy/strip to preserve SHF_MERGE sh_entsize
  - optimize .eh_frame sections, add PT_GNU_EH_FRAME support
  - support anonymous version tags in version script


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.11.92.0.12-1
changelog:
  - update to 2.11.92.0.12
    - optimize .dynstr and .shstrtab sections (#55524)
    - fix ld.1 glitch (#55459)
  - turn relocs against SHF_MERGE local symbols with zero addend
    into STT_SECTION + addend
  - remove man pages for programs not included (nlmconv, windres, dlltool;
    - add BuildRequires for texinfo


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.11.92.0.5-1
changelog:
  - update to 2.11.92.0.5
    - binutils localization (#45148)
    - fix typo in REPORT_BUGS_TO (#54325)
  - support files bigger than 2GB in strings (#54406)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.11.90.0.8-11
changelog:
  - add iplt support for IA-64 (Richard Henderson)
  - switch to new section flags for SHF_MERGE and SHF_STRINGS, put
    in compatibility code
  - "s" section flag for small data sections on IA-64 and Alpha
    (Richard Henderson)
  - fix sparc64 .plt[32768+] handling
  - don't emit .rela.stab on sparc


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.11.90.0.8-8
changelog:
  - on IA-64, put crtend{,S}.o's .IA_64.unwind section last in
    .IA_64.unwind output section (for compatibility with 7.1 eh)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2.11.90.0.8-6
changelog:
  - support for -z combreloc
  - remove .dynamic patch, -z combreloc patch does this better
  - set STT_FUNC default symbol sizes in .endp directive on IA-64


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - 2.11.90.0.8
    - some SHF_MERGE suport fixes
  - don't build with tooldir /usrusr instead of /usr (#40937)
  - reserve few .dynamic entries for prelinking


author: Jim Kingdon
changelog:
  - No source/spec changes, just rebuilding with egcs-1.1.2-18 because
    the older egcs was miscompling gprof.


author: Cristian Gafton <gafton@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - back out very *stupid* sparc patch done by HJLu. People, keep out of
    things you don't understand.
  - add alpha relax patch from rth


author: Cristian Gafton <gafton@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - version  2.9.1.0.23
  - patch to make texinfo documentation compile
  - auto rebuild in the new build environment (release 2)


author: Cristian Gafton <gafton@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - added ARM patch from philb
  - version 2.9.1.0.19a
  - added a patch to allow arm* arch to be identified as an ARM


author: Cristian Gafton <gafton@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - updated to 2.8.1.0.29 (HJ warned me that this thing is a moving target...
    :-)
  - "fixed" the damn make install command so that all tools get installed


author: Cristian Gafton <gafton@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - upgraded again to 2.8.1.0.28 (at least on alpha now egcs will compile)
  - added info packages handling


author: Ondrej Vasik <ovasik@redhat.com> 2.5-16.el4
changelog:
  - change multiple archive fix in 2.5-14.el4 (bz#253917) 
    (now the code is ifdef'd instead of removed to prevent possible 
     regressions and could be deactivated by rebuilding from srpm 
     with multitape 1)


author: Ondrej Vasik <ovasik@redhat.com> 2.5-15.el4
changelog:
  - BuildRequires: rsh (gcc compiler option -DHAVE_NETDB_H=1 brew 
    fallback is causing rsh unfunctionality) - #238862


author: Peter Vrabec <pvrabec@redhat.com> 2.5-9.RHEL4
changelog:
  - fix checksum error on 64-bit machines (#171649)
  - fix problem with file modification times stored in the archive(#168401)
  - fix problem when file grew n bytes in copy-pass mode and these 
    n bytes got prepended to the contents of all subsequent files (#167845)


author: Peter Vrabec <pvrabec@redhat.com> 2.5-8.RHEL4
changelog:
  - fix large file support, archive >4GiB, archive members <4GiB (#160056)
  - use mode 0700 for dir creation


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com> 2.5-1
changelog:
  - update 2.5, restack and consolidate patches.
  - don't apply (but include for now) freebsd and #56346 patches.
  - add url (#54598).


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - revert the stdout patch (#3358), restoring original GNU cpio behavior
    (#6376, #7538), the patch was dumb.


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - fix infinite loop unpacking empty files with hard links (#4208).
  - stdout should contain progress information (#3358).


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Fiddle bindir/libexecdir to get RH install correct.
  - Don't include /sbin/rmt -- use the rmt from dump package.
  - Don't include /bin/mt -- use the mt from mt-st package.
  - Add prereq's


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 2.8.9-1.1
changelog:
  - backport fix for checking for the existence of dictionaries when the caller
    specifies a location to the python binding (#225860, upstream #1644628)
  - add word list from attachment #126053 (#185314)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> - 2.8.9-1
changelog:
  - rebuild with a lower release number
  - move dictionaries from %{_datadir} back to %{_libdir} for RHEL


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> - 2.8.9-2
changelog:
  - update to 2.8.9
  - only create compat symlinks for the dictionaries if we aren't installing
    them into the old locations


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 2.8.1-1
changelog:
  - update to 2.8.1
    - moves dictionary to new default location under %{_datadir} -- the
      dictionary format is the same across all architectures
    - renames "packer" to "cracklib-packer"
  - conflict with cracklib-dicts < 2.8, where the on-disk format was not
    compatible on 64-bit arches due to now-fixed cleanliness bugs
  - move binaries for manipulating and checking words against dictionaries
    from -dicts into the main package


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 2.7-29
changelog:
  - correctly build on 64-bit systems (part of #143417)
  - patch so that 32- and 64-bit libcrack can read dictionaries which were
    incorrectly generated on 64-bit systems of the same endianness (more #143417)
  - include a sample cracklib magic file
  - stop using /usr/dict/* when building the dictionary
  - list words as a build requirement, which it is, instead of a run-time
    requirement
  - provide a virtual arch-specific dep in cracklib-dicts, require it in
    cracklib (part of #143417)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 2.7-25
changelog:
  - fix ldconfig invocation in trigger for older versions which included the
    soname symlink (#114620)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 2.7-24
changelog:
  - include packer.h for reading dictionaries directly, since we already include
    packer in the -dicts subpackage (#68339)
  - don't include the soname symlink in the package, let ldconfig do its job


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 2.7-12
changelog:
  - remove cruft that ldconfig already knows how to manage
  - don't explicitly strip anything -- the brp setup decides that
  - tweak the header so that it can be used in C++ (#46685)
  - buildprereq the words package


author: Erik Troan <ewt@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - moved crontab jobs up a bit to make sure they aren't confused by
    switching to and fro daylight savings time


author: Adrian Havill <havill@redhat.com> 7.12.1-1
changelog:
  - upgrade to 7.12.1
  - enable GSSAPI auth (#129353)
  - enable I18N domain names (#134595)
  - workaround for broken ProFTPD SSL auth (#134133). Thanks to
    Aleksandar Milivojevic


author: Adrian Havill <havill@redhat.com> 7.10.6-7
changelog:
  - aclocal before libtoolize
  - move OpenLDAP license so it's present as a doc file, present in
    both the source and binary as per conditions


author: Joe Orton <jorton@redhat.com> 7.9.8-2
changelog:
  - fix `curl-config --libs` output for libdir!=/usr/lib
  - remove docs/LIBCURL from docs list; remove unpackaged libcurl.la
  - libtoolize and reconf


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - include curl-config in curl-devel
  - update to 7.8 to fix memory leak and strlcat() symbol pollution from libcurl


author: Tim Powers <timp@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - update to 7.4.1 to fix bug #20337, problems with curl -c
  - not using patch anymore, it's included in the new source. Keeping
    for reference


author: Tim Powers <timp@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - changelog started
  - general cleanups, changed prefix to /usr, added manpage to files section
  - including in Powertools


author: Steve Conklin <sconklin@redhat.com> 2.1.19-11
changelog:
  - Resolves: bz243910 krb5-libs are not thread-safe
  - Resolves: bz244075 Memory leaks in digest-md5 plugin
  - Added missing build dependency for groff to spec file


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 2.1.19-8
changelog:
  - add unapplied patches which make the DIGEST-MD5 plugins omit the realm
    argument when the environment has $CYRUS_SASL_DIGEST_MD5_OMIT_REALM set to a
    non-zero value, for testing purposes
  - add missing build dependency on zlib-devel (#190113)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 2.1.19-7
changelog:
  - make v1 of the sasl library use /dev/urandom instead of /dev/random, as
    we do in v2 of the library at compile-time (#157012)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 2.1.19-6
changelog:
  - backport fix for segfault in the digest-md5 module in cases when the
    client didn't supply a realm (#189814, CVE-2006-1721)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 2.1.19-1
changelog:
  - rebuild (the 2.1.19 changelog for fixing a buffer overflow referred to a CVS
    revision between 2.1.18 and 2.1.19)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - add a saslauthd_version option to libsasl's saslauthd client and teach it to
    do the right thing
  - enable the saslauthd client code in libsasl version 1 (it's still going away!)
  - add saslauthd1-checkpass/saslauthd2-checkpass for testing the above change


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - update to 2.1.17, forcing the gssapi plugin to be shared now, as before
  - use a bundled libdb (#112215)
  - build static-with-all-plugins and normal-shared libsasl versions
  - add sasl2-{shared,static}-mechlist for very basic sanity checking
  - make inclusion of sasl1 stuffs conditional, because it's so going away


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 2.1.15-6
changelog:
  - use /dev/urandom instead of /dev/random for SASL2 (docs indicate that this is
    safe if you aren't using OTP or SRP, and we build neither); SASL1 appears to
    use it to seed the libc RNG only (#103378)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 2.1.15-5
changelog:
  - install saslauthd's mdoc page instead of the pre-formatted man page, which
    would get formatted again


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - include testsaslauthd
  - note in the README that the saslauthd protocol is different for v1 and v2,
    so v1's clients can't talk to the v2 server


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - consider either des_cbc_encrypt or DES_cbc_encrypt to be sufficient when
    searching for a DES implementation in libcrypto
  - pull in CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS from openssl's pkg-config data, if it exists


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 2.1.7-3
changelog:
  - rebuild, overriding sasldir when running make so that on multilib systems
    applications will be able to load modules for the right arch


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - update to 2.1.0, which is designed to be installed in parallel with cyrus sasl
    1.x, so fork the package and rename it to cyrus-sasl2
  - add the sasldb auxprop plugin to the main package
  - add disabled-by-default saslauthd init script
  - move the .la files for plugins into their respective packages -- they're
    needed by the library


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 1.5.24-21
changelog:
  - include sample programs in the -devel subpackage, prefixing their names
    with "sasl-" to reduce future potential naming conflicts


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - add gdbm-devel as a build dependency (#44990)
  - split off CRAM-MD5 and DIGEST-MD5 into a subpackage of their own (#43079,
    and dialogs with David L. Parsley)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - split out the PLAIN and LOGIN mechanisms into their own package (this allows
    an administrator to disable them by simply removing the package)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - move .so files for modules to their respective packages -- they're not -devel
    links meant for use by ld anyway


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - force use of gdbm for database files to avoid DB migration weirdness
  - enable login mechanism
  - disable gssapi until it can coexist peacefully with non-gssapi setups
  - actually do a make in the build section (#15410)


author: Mads Kiilerich <mads@kiilerich.com>
changelog:
  - updated to sasl 1.5.11
  - configure --disable-krb4 --without-rc4 --disable-cram 
    because of missing libraries and pine having cram as default...
  - handle changing libsasl.so versions


author: Jindrich Novy <jnovy@redhat.com> 4.2.52-7.2.el4
changelog:
  - create symlink to libdb_cxx.so (#225173)
  - add 4.2.52.4 patch (#232141)
  Resolves: #225173, #232141


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com> 4.2.52-7
changelog:
  - check for fastjar before jar (#140675).
  - build prereq on libgcj to get /usr/bin/javac alternative.


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.2.52-6
changelog:
  - on %{ix86} systems, make the availability of an NPTL-requiring libdb match
    the availability of an NPTL libpthread in glibc > 2.3.3-48
  - run ldconfig in db4-java's %post/%postun
  - when building java support, assume that libgcj is equivalent enough to 1.3


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@jbj.org> 4.2.52-4
changelog:
  - remove dangling symlinks (#123721 et al).
  - remove db_cxx.so and db_tcl.so symlinks, versioned equivs exist.
  - apply 2 patches from sleepycat.
  - resurrect db4-java using sun jvm-1.4.2.
  - cripple autoconf sufficiently to build db4-java with gcj, without jvm.
  - check javac first, gcj34 next, then gcj-ssa, finally gcj.
  - add ed build dependency (#125180).


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.1.25-14
changelog:
  - symlink from %{_libdir}/tls/libdb-4.1.so to the copy in /%{_lib}/tls, so
    that the run-time linker can find the right copy for of apps which use an
    RPATH to point at %{_libdir}/libdb-4.1.so


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.1.25-13
changelog:
  - add another section to the ABI note for the TLS libdb so that it's marked as
    not needing an executable stack (from Arjan Van de Ven)


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - build both with and without support for shared mutex locks, which require NPTL
  - make behavior wrt where we put libdb the same for all OSs
  - revert changes making tcl optional - nesting %if tcl and %ifarch nptl
    doesn't work
  - fix dangling HREFs in utility docs (pointed to main docs dir, while they're
    actually in the -utils docs dir)
  - run ldconfig when installing/removing the -utils subpackage, as it contains
    shared libraries


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@jbj.org> 4.2.42-0.1
changelog:
  - update to 4.2.42.
  - build in build_unix subdir.
  - eliminate --enable-dump185, db_dump185.c no longer compiles for libdb*.
  - create db4-tcl sub-pkg to isolate libtcl dependencies.


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com> 4.1.25-6
changelog:
  - build with libtool-1.5, which can't recognize the .so in libfoo*.so atm.
  - whack out libtool predep_objects wonkiness.


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.1.25-2
changelog:
  - change configure to only warn if JNI includes aren't found, assuming that
    the C compiler can find them
  - remove build requirement on jdkgcj -- gcj is sufficient


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.0.14-20
changelog:
  - add dynamic libdb-4.0.so link back to %{_libdir} so that dynamically
    linking with -ldb-4.0 will work again


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.0.14-19
changelog:
  - rebuild to use link the shared object with the same libraries we use
    for the bundled utils, should pull in libpthread when needed
  - move libdb.so from /%{_lib} to %{_libdir} where the linker can find it


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - re-enable db.h symlink creation, db_util names, and db[23]-devel obsoletes.
  - make sure that -ldb is functional.


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com> 4.0.14-3
changelog:
  - remove relocatability stuffs
  - swallow a local copy of db1 and build db185_dump statically with it, to
    remove the build dependency and simplify bootstrapping new arches


author: Nalin Dahyabhai <nalin@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - fix dangling docs symlinks
  - fix dangling doc HREFs (#33328)
  - apply the two patches listed at http://www.sleepycat.com/update/3.2.9/patch.3.2.9.html


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - don't build with --enable-diagnostic.
  - add build prereq on tcl.
  - default value for %_lib macro if not found.


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - rather than hack *.la (see below), create /usr/lib/libdb-3.1.so symlink.
  - turn off --enable-diagnostic for performance.


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - remove redundant strip of libnss_db* that is nuking symbols.
  - change location in /usr/lib/libdb-3.1.la to point to /lib (#16776).


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - summaries from specspo.
  - all of libdb_tcl* (including symlinks) in db3-utils, should be db3->tcl?


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - upgrade to 3.1.14.
  - create db3-utils sub-package to hide tcl dependency, enable tcl Yet Again.
  - FHS packaging.


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - disable --enable-test --enable-debug_rop --enable-debug_wop.
  - disable --enable-posixmutexes --enable-tcl as well, to avoid glibc-2.1.3
    problems.


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - add 3.0.55.1 alignment patch.
  - add --enable-posixmutexes (linux threads has not pthread_*attr_setpshared).
  - add --enable-tcl (needed -lpthreads).


author: John (J5) Palmieri <johnp@redhat.com> - 0.22-12EL.9
changelog:
  - Resolves: #178037 Can't send to audit system
  - Resolves: #179153 RFE: [PATCH] backport GetConnectionSELinuxSecurityContext 
    functionality to RHEL4


author: John (J5) Palmieri <johnp@redhat.com> - 0.22-12EL.2
changelog:
  - Explicitly pass in the pid file location to ./configure instead of
    letting it guess based on the build enviornment


author: John (J5) Palmieri <johnp@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Add a requires for glib2-devel in the devel package
  - Add SE-Linux backport from Colin Walters that fixes 
    messages getting lost in SE-Linux contexts


author: John (J5) Palmieri <johnp@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Fixed patch to use dbus-1 instead of dbus-1.0
  - (configure.in): Exported just the datadir instead of
    the full path to the dbus datadir for consistency


author: John (J5) Palmieri <johnp@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - reverting BuildRequires: redhat-release because of issues with build system
  - added precompiled version of the messagebus init script


author: John (J5) Palmieri <johnp@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Moved dbus-viewer to new dbus-gtk package so that dbus-glib
    no longer requires X or GTK libraries. (RH Bug #130029)


author: John (J5) Palmieri <johnp@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Added lib64 workaround for python bindings installing to
    the wrong lib directory on 64 bit archs


author: John (J5) Palmieri <johnp@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Moved dbus-viewer, dbus-monitor and dbus-glib-tool 
    into the dbus-glib package so that the main dbus
    package does not depend on glib (Bug #125285)


author: Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Conflict with cups prior to configuration file change, so that the
    %postun service condrestart works.


author: Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> 0.13-2
changelog:
  - see if removing qt subpackage for now will get us through the build system,
    qt bindings not useful yet anyway


author: Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> 0.11.91-3
changelog:
  - break the tiny dbus-launch that depends on X into separate package
    so a CUPS server doesn't need X installed


author: Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> 0.6.93-1
changelog:
  - new cvs snap that actually forks to background and changes 
    user it's running as and so forth
  - create our system user in pre


author: Havoc Pennington <hp@redhat.com> 0.6.91-1
changelog:
  - disable qt for now because beehive hates me
  - pull a slightly newer cvs snap that creates socket directory
  - cat the make check log after make check fails


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com> 1.0-1cb1
changelog:
  - s/Copyright/License/
  - Include compressed manpages in file list.
  - Fix time.h include for linux 2.6.


author: Joe Orton <jorton@redhat.com> 0.4.2-2
changelog:
  - have dc_server drop to 'nobody' user after bind()
  - add init script for dc_server
  - build everything using -fPIC


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com> 1.05-4
changelog:
  - Patch around TCP bug: http://alkemio.org/dns_transmit-bug.html
  - Change license to "Public Domain' - http://cr.yp.to/distributors.html


author: Ian Kent <ikent@redhat.com> - 1.0.0.rc14-7
changelog:
  - Fix SEGV on "dmraid -r -E"
  - add patches to set UUID and add "DMRAID-" prefix to dmraid UUID string.
  - Resolves: rhbz#363331 rhbz#383801


author: Heinz Mauelshagen <heinzm@redhat.com> - 1.0.0.rc14-1
changelog:
  - asr.c: fixed Adaptec HostRAID DDF1 metadata discovery (bz#211016)
  - ddf1_crc.c: added crc() routine to avoid linking to zlib altogether,
                because Ubuntu had problems with this
  - dropped zlib build requirement


author: Heinz Mauelshagen <heinzm@redhat.com> - 1.0.0.rc13-1
changelog:
  - metadata.c: fixed bug returning wrang unified RAID type (bz#210085)
  - pdc.c: fixed magic number check


author: Heinz Mauelshagen <heinzm@redhat.com> - 1.0.0.rc12-1
changelog:
  - sil.c: quorate() OBO fix
  - activate.c: handler() OBO fix
  - added SNIA DDF1 support
  - added reload functionality to devmapper.c
  - added log_zero_sectors() to various metadata format handlers
  - sil.[ch]: added JBOD support


author: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> - 1.0.0.rc11-FC6.2
changelog:
  - Fix bounds checking on hpt37x error log
  - Only build the .so, not the .a
  - Fix asc.c duplication in makefile rule


author: Heinz Mauelshagen <heinzm@redhat.com> - 1.0.0.rc11-FC5_7.1
changelog:
  - jm.c: checksum() calculation
  - misc.c: support "%d" in p_fmt and fix segfault with wrong format identifier
  - nv.c: size fix in setup_rd()
  - activate.c:
          o striped devices could end on non-chunk boundaries
          o calc_region_size() calculated too small sizes causing large
            dirty logs in memory
  - isw.c: set raid5 type to left asymmetric
  - toollib.c: fixed 'No RAID...' message
  - support selection of RAID5 allocation algorithm in metadata format handlers
  - build


author: Heinz Mauelshagen <heinzm@redhat.com> - 1.0.0.rc10-FC5_6
changelog:
  - add doc/dmraid_design.txt to %doc (#181885)
  - add --enable-libselinux --enable-libsepol to configure
  - rebuilt


author: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> 1.0.0.rc9-FC5_2
changelog:
  - update to 1.0.0.rc9
  - make "make install" do the right thing with the DSO
  - eliminate duplicate definitions in the headers
  - export more symbols in the DSO
  - add api calls to retrieve dm tables
  - fix DESTDIR for 'make install' 
  - add api calls to identify degraded devices
  - remove several arch excludes


author: Heinz Mauelshagen <heinzm@redhat.com> 1.0.0.rc8-FC4_1
changelog:
  - nv.c: fixed stripe size
  - sil.c: avoid incarnation_no in name creation, because the Windows
           driver changes it every time
  - added --ignorelocking option to avoid taking out locks in early boot
    where no read/write access to /var is given


author: Heinz Mauelshagen <heinzm@redhat.com> 1.0.0.rc6.1-4_FC4
changelog:
  - VIA metadata format handler
  - added RAID10 to lsi metadata format handler
  - "dmraid -rD": file device size into {devicename}_{formatname}.size
  - "dmraid -tay": pretty print multi-line tables ala "dmsetup table"
  - "dmraid -l": display supported RAID levels + manual update
  - _sil_read() used LOG_NOTICE rather than LOG_INFO in order to
    avoid messages about valid metadata areas being displayed
    during "dmraid -vay".
  - isw, sil filed metadata offset on "-r -D" in sectors rather than in bytes.
  - isw needed dev_sort() to sort RAID devices in sets correctly.
  - pdc metadata format handler name creation. Lead to
    wrong RAID set grouping logic in some configurations.
  - pdc RAID1 size calculation fixed (rc6.1)
  - dos.c: partition table code fixes by Paul Moore
  - _free_dev_pointers(): fixed potential OOB error
  - hpt37x_check: deal with raid_disks = 1 in mirror sets
  - pdc_check: status & 0x80 doesn't always show a failed device;
    removed that check for now. Status definitions needed.
  - sil addition of RAID sets to global list of sets
  - sil spare device memory leak
  - group_set(): removal of RAID set in case of error
  - hpt37x: handle total_secs > device size
  - allow -p with -f
  - enhanced error message by checking target type against list of
    registered target types


author: Miloslav Trmac <mitr@redhat.com> - 3.1-21
changelog:
  - Don't just delete the original file when destination and current directory
    are on different filesystems (#65548, #123069, patch by James Antill)
  - Fix return type of StripDelimiter in dos2unix-3.1-safeconv.patch (#136148)


author: Mike A. Harris <mharris@redhat.com> 3.1-20
changelog:
  - Added dos2unix-3.1-manpage-update-57507.patch to fix manpage (#57507)
  - Added dos2unix-3.1-preserve-file-modes.patch to properly preserve file
    permissions (#91331,55183,112710,132145)


author: Elliot Lee <sopwith@redhat.com> 3.1-15
changelog:
  - Remove build dependency on perl, since perl BuildRequires: dos2unix,
    and there's no good reason not to just use sed here.


author: Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - Fix bug #57700 (segfault)
  - Add the mac2unix symlink recommended in README
  - Fix compiler warnings


author: Peter Soos <sp@osb.hu>
changelog:
  - Added Hungarian "Summary:" and "%description" 
  - Corrected the file and directory attributes to rebuild the package 
    under RedHat Linux 6.0


author: Peter Jones <pjones@redhat.com> - 2.8.17
changelog:
  - add support for labelled filesystems (backport from rhel5)
    Related: rhbz#234815
    Resolves: rhbz#235692


author: Jeremy Katz <katzj@redhat.com> 2.8-8
changelog:
  - add patch from Vince Busam (http://www.sixpak.org/dosfstools/) to do auto 
    creation of FAT32 on large devices (#97308)


author: Petr Machata <pmachata@redhat.com> - 2008i-1.el4
changelog:
  - Upstream 2008g
    - Fixed future DST transitions for Brazil
  - Upstream 2008h
    - Fix exact DST transition hour for Mauritius
    - Syria will leave the period of DST on Nov 1
    - Fix coordinates of Pacific/Niue
  - Upstream 2008i
    - Updates for Argentina: Drop DST in zones America/Argentina/Jujuy,
      La_Rioja, San_Juan, Catamarca, Mendoza, Rio_Gallegos, Ushuaia; new
      zone America/Argentina/Salta (for provinces SA, LP, NQ, RN).
  - Resolves: #467197


author: Petr Machata <pmachata@redhat.com> - 2008f-1.el4
changelog:
  - Upstream 2008f
    - Gaza strip runs on different clocks during Ramadan
    - Argentina and Brazil will start DST on Sunday October 19, 2008
  - Drop Pakistan & Morocco patches
  - Resolves: #462708


author: Petr Machata <pmachata@redhat.com> - 2008e-1.el4
changelog:
  - Upstream 2008c
    - Mongolia changes zone
    - Pakistan DST is scheduled until Sep/1, instead of Aug/31
  - Upstream 2008d
    - Changes for Brazil and Mauritius
  - Upstream 2008e
    - Changes for Mauritius
    - Leap second coverage for 31/Dec 2008
    - Corrections of historical dates
  - Drop Morocco and Pakistan patches that are superseded by upstream
  - Pakistan DST is scheduled until Oct/31
  - Morocco DST is scheduled until Aug/31
  - Resolves: #460364


author: Petr Machata <pmachata@redhat.com> - 2008b-2.el4
changelog:
  - Upstream 2008b
    - DST changes for Syria, Cuba; Iraq abandons DST
    - Saigon zone renamed Ho_Chi_Minh; backward link provided
    - Add America/Argentina/San_Luis information
  - Pakistan introduces DST
  - Resolves: #447294


author: Petr Machata <pmachata@redhat.com> - 2007j-1.el4
changelog:
  - Upstream 2007j
    - New links America/St_Barthelemy and America/Marigot
    - Venezuela is changing their clocks on December 9 at 03:00
  - Upstream 2007i
    - Syria DST will take place at Midnight between Thursday and Friday.
    - Cuba will end DST on the last Sunday of October.
  - Update tst-timezone.c from glibc CVS
  - Resolves: #410111


author: Petr Machata <pmachata@redhat.com> - 2007h-1.el4
changelog:
  - Upstream 2007h
    - Brazil will observe DST from 2007-10-14 to 2008-02-17
    - Egypt and Gaza switched earlier than we expected
    - Iran will resume DST next year
    - Venezuela is scheduled to change TZ to -4:30 on January 1
  - Resolves: #298091
  - Resolves: #266881


author: Petr Machata <pmachata@redhat.com> - 2007g-1.el4
changelog:
  - Upstream 2007g
    - Egypt switches the September 7, not September 28
    - Daviess, Dubous, Knox, Martin, and Pike Counties, Indiana, switch
      from central to eastern time in November
    - South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria, and New South Wales are
      changing their DST rules effective next year
    - Several Antarctic station's rules weren't properly updated to account
      for this year's change to the New Zealand daylight saving rules
  - Venezuela timezone changes from -4:00 to -4:30 at 24 September
  - Resolves: #298091
  - Resolves: #266881


author: Petr Machata <pmachata@redhat.com> - 2007f-1.el4
changelog:
  - Upstream 2007f
    - New Zealand is extending DST, starting later this year.
    - Haiti no longer observes DST.
    - The Turks and Caicos switch at 02:00, not at 00:00, and have
      adopted US DST rules.
  - Upstream 2007e
    - Syria switched to summer time at Mar/29.
    - Honduras will not enter DST this year.
  - Resolves: #241812


author: Petr Machata <pmachata@redhat.com> - 2007d-1.el4
changelog:
  - Upstream 2007d
    - Mongolia has abolished DST.
    - Turkey will use EU rules this year, changing at 01:00 UTC rather
      than 01:00 standard time.
    - Cuba observed DST starting Sunday.
    - Resolute, Nunavut switched from Central to Eastern time last
      November.


author: Petr Machata <pmachata@redhat.com> - 2007c-1.el4
changelog:
  - Upstream 2007c
    - Pulaski County, Indiana, switched back to eastern time.
    - Turkey switches at 01:00 standard time, not at 01:00 UTC.
  - Upstream 2007b
    - Changes to the commentary in "leapseconds".
  - Resolves: #230088


author: Petr Machata <pmachata@redhat.com> - 2007a-1.el4
changelog:
  - Upstream 2007a
    - Updates to Bahamas, they will be in sync with 2007 US DST change
    - New zone Australia/Eucla
    - Africa/Asmera renamed to Africa/Asmara, link created
    - Atlantic/Faeroe renamed to Atlantic/Faroe, link created
  - Upstream 2006p
    - Western Australia DST trial
    - Latitude/longitude changes for Europe/Jersey and Europe/Podgorica
  - Upstream 2006o
    - Cuba has ended its three years of permanent DST.
    - Updates in historical timestamps for Chile.
  - Resolves: #218328


author: Petr Machata <pmachata@redhat.com> - 2006m-2
changelog:
  - Proposed upstream patch (#210132)
    - Jordan will switch to winter time on October 27, not September 29
    - Brazil's DST this year is the first Sunday in November to the last
      Sunday in February.  (Thanks to Frederico A. C. Neves.)
    - ISO 3166 codes for Serbia and Montenegro, zone Europe/Podgorica
    - Commentary and past timestamps changes
  - Upstream 2006m:
    - Adjustments for Egypt, Palestine, Uruguay
    - Better description of `until' field in zic (8) manpage
  - Upstream 2006k, 2006l:
    - Adjustments for Egypt, Palestine, Cuba, Honduras
    - Documentation changes


author: Petr Machata <pmachata@redhat.com> - 2006j-1.el4
changelog:
  - Upstream 2006j
    - Honduras stopped observing DST on Monday at 00:00
    - America/Bermuda will follow the US's lead next year
    - America/Moncton will use US-style rules next year
    - New Zone America/Blanc-Sablon, for Canadians who observe AST all
      year
    - New zone: America/Atikokan instead of America/Coral_Harbour
    - New zones: Europe/Jersey, Europe/Guernsey, Europe/Isle_of_Man
    - Historical changes
    - Commentary updates
  - Upstream 2006i
    - localtime.c fixes
  - Upstream 2006h
    - zic leapsecond fix


author: Petr Machata <pmachata@redhat.com> - 2006g-1.EL4
changelog:
  - Upstream 2006g (#199926); updates:
    - America: Edmonton, Guatemala, Indiana/Vincennes, Thule
    - Canada, Haiti, Honduras, Iran, Nicaragua, Sri Lanka, Tunisia


author: Petr Machata <pmachata@redhat.com> - 2006a-2.EL4
changelog:
  - Sri Lanka changes time zone to GMT+5:30 starting 13/4/06 (#184514)
  - Changing name of base file.  It makes no sense to change the name
    for each release, but we need to change contents occassionally.


author: Petr Machata <pmachata@redhat.com> 2006a-1
changelog:
  - Upstream 2006a:
    - private.h(scheck): changing char* to char const*
    - Rule changes for Palestine, zone changes for Indiana/US, both
      changes for Canada.
    - Many related doc changes.
  - Naming scheme in spec file doesn't use %{name}, but tzdata.


author: Petr Machata <pmachata@redhat.com> 2005r-3
changelog:
  - 2005r-3
    - Meta changes.  Renaming tzdata.tar.bz2 file to tzdata$ver-base,
      so that it won't clash across updates.


author: Petr Machata <pmachata@redhat.com> 2005r-2
changelog:
  - 2005r
    - Zones EST, MST, HST, EST5EDT, CST6CDT, MST7MDT, PST8PDT moved to
      northamerica to guard against old files with obsolete information
      being left in the time zone binary directory.
    - Changes for countries that are supposed to join 2007 US DST
      change.  This includes most of Canada, however entries already in
      the database (Alberta, British Columbia, Newfoundland, Northwest
      Territories, and Yukon) were left alone for the time being.
    - Fixes in zdump.c (abbrok): conditions are chained, and the string
      is checked for emptiness.


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2005q-2
changelog:
  - 2005q
    - changes for Georgia, Azerbaijan, Jordan, Palestine, Cuba, Nicaragua
    - SystemV timezone changes


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2005n-2
changelog:
  - 2005n
    - changes for Kyrgyzstan and Uruguay
  - fix a typo in the Makefile (used TZDATA env var instead of TZDIR during
    make check), update tst-timezone.c from glibc CVS (#172102)


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2005m-2
changelog:
  - 2005m
    - changes for USA (extending DST by 4 weeks since 2007), Tunisia,
      Australia, Kazakhstan
    - historical timezone data changes for Japan, Poland, Northern Ireland and
      Mali
    - timezone name change for East Timor


author: Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com> 2005g-2
changelog:
  - 2005g
    - fixes for Uruguay
  - include README and Theory from tzcode tarball in /usr/share/doc;
    Theory includes a good summary of how the timezone data files
    are supposed to be named


author: Dag Wieers <dag@wieers.com> - 0.6.3-1
changelog:
  - Updated to release 0.6.3.
  - ...
  - Changelog trimmed, see http://svn.rpmforge.net/svn/trunk/rpms/dstat/dstat.spec


author: Jindrich Novy <jnovy@redhat.com> 0.4b39-3.EL4.2
changelog:
  - apply patch to fix restoration of ACLs and endianess problems
    (patch ported from dump-0.4b40, #159617)


author: Jindrich Novy <jnovy@redhat.com> 0.4b39-3.EL4.1
changelog:
  - 0.4b39
  - Updated the EA patch with support for in-inode EAs, big
    inodes and fixes 'error in EA block' displayed for
    every single inode (#149299) - patch from Stelian Pop
  - Added patch to fix negative size problem with -s/-d
    options (#147710) - from Stelian Pop


author: Mike A. Harris <mharris@redhat.com> 0.4b27-3
changelog:
  - BuildRequires readline-devel >= 4.2 for the rl_completion_matches function
  - Added dump-0.4b27-dump-atomic-read-write.patch to avoid namespace conflict
    with included kernel headers.  atomic_read is a function on s390 and as
    such, cannot be #undef'd


author: Mike A. Harris <mharris@redhat.com> 0.4b27-2
changelog:
  - Added prereq on "setup" to ensure disk group is created prior to this
    package being installed
  - Somehow the dump package changelog got hosed, and part of the spec file
    regressed.  I believe it is fixed now.


author: Mike A. Harris <mharris@redhat.com> 0.4b25-1.72.0
changelog:
  - Rebuilt 0.4b25 for erratum release.  Fixes various bugs that have been
    reported in bugzilla which are logged below.  Also fixes a bug caused by
    linking statically to a faulty system library.
  - Added Provides dump-static line


author: Mike A. Harris <mharris@redhat.com> 0.4b25-1
changelog:
  - Updated to version 0.4b25-1
  - Added homepage URL for RFE (#54601)
  - Also fixed in this release are (#21272, #52663, #56616)
  - Dropped time.h patch as it is unneeded now


author: Mike A. Harris <mharris@redhat.com> 0.4b22-7
changelog:
  - Updated BuildPreReq to e2fsprogs-devel >= 1.18, readline-devel >= 4.1 to
    explicitly state the minimum required deps and fix (#51900)


author: Trond Eivind Glomsrød <teg@redhat.com> 0.4b22-6
changelog:
  - Kill the static subpackage - the standard binaries are now static
    This removes /usb/sbin/*. The static versions are now in /sbin 
    (#53433)
  - Obsolete dump-static


author: Mike A. Harris <mharris@redhat.com> 0.4b22-2
changelog:
  - Removed release tag from buildroot dirname - messy.
  - Broke all lines over multiple lines for readability in specfile.
  - Added --enable-largefile configure flags


author: Preston Brown <pbrown@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - whoops I had dump commented out of the file list.  fixed.
  - dropped suid bits on the static binaries.
  - fix char buffer size issue (#11880)


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - workaround egcs bug (#4281) that caused dump problems (#2989).
  - use sigjmp_buf, not jmp_buf (#3260).
  - invoke /etc/rmt (instead of rmt) like other unices. (#3272).
  - use glibc21 err/glob rather than the internal compatibility routines.
  - wire $(OPT) throughout Makefile's.
  - fix many printf problems, mostly lint clean.
  - merge SuSE, Debian and many OpenBSD fixes.


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - restore original 6755 root.tty to dump/restore, defattr did tty->root (#684).
  - mark /etc/dumpdates as noreplace.


author: Andy Polyakov <appro@fy.chalmers.se>
changelog:
  - Initial packaging. Package version is derived from growisofs,
    dvd+rw-format and dvd+rw-booktype version. 4.0.3.0.3 means
    growisofs 4.0, dvd+rw-format 3.0 dvd+rw-booktype 3.


author: Chris Petersen <rpm@forevermore.net> 2.3.1-3
changelog:
  - Fix/standardize Requires/Provides for libdar and libdar-devel
  - Remove redundant zlib-devel (covered by openssl-devel)
  - Update README.Fedora with my name/date, as requested in the ticket
  - Add a patch to fix a funky character in man/dar.1


author: Chris Petersen <rpm@forevermore.net> 2.3.1-2
changelog:
  - Add README.Fedora explaining why we do not include static binaries (upstream's request)
  - Add libdar-static-devel subpackage to hold the *.a files
  - Disable static subpackages by default, enabled via "--with static" for those who want to compile them


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.2.0-01]
  - Rolled version to 4.2.0 to indicate a stable release. Includes patches
    upto 4.1.0-1


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.14.0-03
changelog:
  - Run printer-create during bootstrap-console-save, to ensure that
    spools exist after restore. [SME: 1280]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.3-04]
  - Add /etc/atalk/papd.conf/20printers template (moved from e-smith-netatalk).
    [SF: 1361338]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.3-03]
  - Fix spec file formatting error, resulting in last patch being omitted.
    Move service startup symlink creation into createlinks script.
    [SF: 1362872]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.3-02]
  - Use sigterm to reconfigure lpd, since sighup doesn't seem to work reliably.
    [SF: 1358283]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.1-11]
  - Fix template expansion of /etc/printcap. [SF: 1273768]
  - Remove unused and deprecated code from printer-{create,delete}.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.1-09]
  - Add missing /etc/e-smith/template.metadata tree (which handles
    the lpd.perms relocation, without moving the template files).


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.1-08]
  - Replace all LPRng-restart actions with call to 'adjust-services'.
    Use signhup rather than restart - supported by new LPRng.
    [MN00065576]
  - Use generic_template_expand action in place of LPRng-conf.
    [MN00064130]
  - Relocate /etc/lpd.perms to /etc/lpd/lpd.perms
  - Remove obsolete printer-create-spool event directory


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.1-06]
  - Add down file so that supervised lpd stays down until started
    by rc7.d symlink. [MN00061223]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.10.0-02]
  - Remove obsolete printer-migrate action. [charlieb 9367]
  - s/Copyright/License/ in RPM header.


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-14]
  - Modified French lexicon to use lang="fr", rename the lexicon
    directory to fr [lijied 6787]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-13]
  - Deleted empty template-end files,
    deleted inappropariate template-begin files [lijied 3295]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.1-01]
  - change if(scalar %printers) to if(keys %printers) as a workaround to
    perl-5.6.1 bug with tied hashes [tonyc 4537]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.6.2-01]
  - Converted all code to FormMagick panel and placed it in 
    esmith::FormMagick::Panel::printers [markk 3156]
  - Internationalized [markk 3156]
  - Converted to AccountDB API. [markk 3156]
  - Added tests dir and test suite. Automatically build suite via buildtests.
    [markk 3156]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-05]
  - Changed "Network Printer (Specify below)" => "Network Printer ..." (thanks
    to DanY for reporting).


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-02]
  - Break "Add printer" screen into two pages, so that network parameter
    form elements only appear if a network printer is being added.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-01]
  - Rolled version number to 1.5.0-01. Includes patches upto 1.4.0-04.
  - Add missing event directories to tarball - remove mkdirs from %build
  LANG=C
  export LANG
  unset DISPLAY
  .


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.4.0-03]
  - Fixed problem with printer-delete expecting wrong type
  - Fixed problem with printer-delete script not having "use esmith::db;".


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-07]
  - Change ownership of printspools to lp.lp (not daemon.daemon).
  - Remove obsolete :sf: property from /etc/printcap


author: Paul Nesbit <pkn@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-04]
  - fixed bug in printcap template (contents of $OUT were not being returned)
  - added missing $printer variable to db_get_prop call


author: Paul Nesbit <pkn@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-03]
  - moved printcap template processing from template-begin to 05printers
  - recoded to use accounts db instead of printers db
  - updated code to use  db utils


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-02]
  - Fixed printer-migrate action to call printer-create-spool
    when it used to say printer-spool-create (a non-existant
    action) as well as a minor compile error regarding db_set


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Migrate "printers" database entries in "accounts" db.
  - Iterate over printer entries during post-upgrade (for
    use in restore). "printer-create-spool" event created
    for this, and printer-create script modified so that it
    is non-fatal to run it more than once.
  - Replace direct access to hashes to use of esmith::db.


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - updated copyright information and added prototypes
    for all subroutines to avoid the warning messages
    sent to the log files


author: Adrian Chung <adrian.chung@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Updated scripts in web/functions directory to pass
    merged configuration/services hash to esmith::cgi
    functions.


author: Adrian Chung <adrian.chung@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Removed %post directive.  Enabling this service is handled
    for now in e-smith-base.
  - Added require dependency for e-smith-lib.


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - upgraded createlinks to a perl script using standard event_link
  -    and panel_link subroutines
  - upgraded spec file to use /sbin/e-smith/genfilelist instead of
  -    hardwired internal routines
  - created /etc/lpd.perms template to tighten security
  - added conf-LPRng action to:
  -    console-save, network-create and network-delete
  - added restart-LPRng action to
  -    network-create and network-delete


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.2.0-9
changelog:
  - Gracefully handle differences in module names between apache
    versions. [SME: 2471]
  - Add logrotate changes which should have been in 1.2.0-7 (patch
    was provided but not applied).


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.2.0-04
changelog:
  - Revert last change [SME: 2109]
  - TODO: Split dev stream for that change
  - Add Conflicts for latest e-smith-manager dev stream


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.2.0-02
changelog:
  - Add ProxyPassReverse directives to allow redirects to work for proxy-
    passed virtual domains. Also proxy pass https to https. [SME: 1735]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.1.2-33
changelog:
  - And relocate the modSSL{CipherSuite} default to e-smith-base with
    the other modSSL defaults [SME: 194]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.1.2-32
changelog:
  - Change default CipherSuite [SME: 194]
    Was: ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+HIGH:+MEDIUM:-LOW:+SSLv2:-EXP
    Is: ALL:!aNULL:!ADH:!eNULL:!LOW:!EXP:RC4+RSA:+HIGH:+MEDIUM


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.2-26]
  - Add content from e-smith-apache-proxy, to enable apache to
    also operate as a non-caching proxy server. Add Obsoletes:
    header to ensure e-smith-apache-proxy RPM is removed on
    upgrade.


author: Shad Lords <slords@mail.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.2-25]
  - Add directive for icons directory
  - Fix newlines left on end of icons template
  - Update server aliases to reference all local hosts [SF: 1246172]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.2-22]
  - Disable HTTP TRACK and TRACE in each VirtualDomain (patch by Gordon
    Rowell, with some further work by Shad Lords). [SF: 1240658]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.2-20]
  - Don't load userdir module by default. It's not used, and causes
    Nessus to complain. [SF: 1240657]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.2-19]
  - Patch from Shad: update rewrite and ProxyPass stuff for manager URLs.
    [SF: 1172203]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.2-17]
  - Clean up apache templates to use current DB interfaces.
  - Make sure the single host ValidFrom specs for proxypass doesn't
    upset apache.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.2-16]
  - Make sure that DocumentRoot directory exists - latest apache2
    will not start up if not.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.2-15]
  - Do graceful restart of apache in domain-*, in case domain->ibay
    assignments have changed. [SF: 1222433]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.2-11]
  - Remove ProxyPass support for various deprecated URIs. [SF: 1172203]
  - Add content of e-smith-proxypass RPM. Add Obsoletes: header.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.2-10]
  - Add default TCPPort property to httpd-e-smith, so that correct
    hole is punched in firewall.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.2-09]
  - Remove mangling of syslog and apache log filenames - just
    retargeting the symlinks has the same effect. [MN00064132]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.2-06]
  - Use generic_template_expand action where possible, in place
    of specific actions. Update e-smith-lib dependency. [MN00064130]
  - Replace all restart-* and most reload-* actions with calls to 'adjust-services'.
    Update e-smith-lib version dependency. [MN00065576]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.2-05]
  - Don't attempt to configure httpd.conf in post-install and post-upgrade.
    [MN00065717]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.2-03]
  - Add "chpst -P" to httpd-e-smith run script, to protect runsv/supervise
    from term signals (wrongly) relayed by apache.  [charlieb MN00051144]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.2-02]
  - Remove  ValidFrom defaults fragment for httpd-admin - as it duplicates
    one in e-smith-base. [MN00062533]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.1-02]
  - Modify config and run script for compatibility with apache 2. Most of these
    changes were contributed by Shad Lords. [charlieb MN00051144]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-21]
  - Added RewriteCond statements to previous RewriteRules to exclude localhost,
    so ssh port-forwarding is not broken. [msoulier MN00020885]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-18]
  - Adding rewrite rules to prevent plaintext access to the server manager.
    [msoulier MN00020885]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-17]
  - Added httpd-admin's remoteaccess list to permissible networks for
    server-resources. [msoulier MN00024949]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-13]
  - Updating restart-httpd-graceful to use new daemontools sigusr1 option.
    [msoulier 7629]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-11]
  - Adding symlinks to the service-domain-create event for httpd restart.
    [msoulier 9955]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-10]
  - Fixed another error in the specfile, resulting in incorrect file
    permissions. [msoulier 7629]
  - Updated action scripts for supervise. [msoulier 7629]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-06]
  - Added a null-string return value to the end of 00Setup, ensure no output
    from that fragment. [msoulier 9803]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-05]
  - Use implementation class, not virtual class in  VirtualHosts/00Setup fragment.
    [charlieb 9803]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-04]
  - Added a 75AddType05.exe fragment to specify a proper mime-type for .exe
    files. [msoulier 9866]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-03]
  - Allow TemplatePath property in domain record to specify an alternate template
    subdir for virtual host content specification (e.g. to proxypass a domain).
    [charlieb 8409]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-02]
  - Changed the VirtualHosts subtemplate to pass the domain object instead of db handle,
    and modified VirtualHosts/00Setup fragment to convert it to the right class.
    Fix scoping problem with the blessed object. [charlieb 9803]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.0.0-04]
  - Added a 00Setup fragment to VirtualHosts to process the %domainsdb hash back
    into an esmith::DomainsDB object. [msoulier 9803]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.0.0-03]
  - Added a reference to the domains db in the extra data for processing the
    VirtualHosts fragments. [msoulier 9803]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.2.0-04]
  - Fixed breakage in admin web server when a local network with a 32-bit subnet
    mask is used. [msoulier 9259]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.2.0-02]
  - List primary domain as first (default) virtual domain in apache config.
    Include $SystemName.domain.name in ServerAlias directive. [charlieb 9241]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-18]
  - Do an explicit die if the httpd-e-smith record is missing from the
    config db, rather than an implicit die due to an invalid object
    reference [gordonr 8609]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-11]
  - Deleted ./etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf/template-begin 
    deleted ./etc/httpd/conf/srm.conf/template-begin
    deleted ./etc/httpd/conf/access.conf/template-begin [lijied 3295]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-09]
  - Remove more references to primary and wwwpublic in favour
    of the "Primary" i-bay. There is still some special case code,
    which might go later if it turns out not to be needed.
    [charlieb 5652]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-07]
  - Pass externalSSLAccess and localAccess to VirtualDomains fragments so they don't
    need to recalculate these values [gordonr 7635]
  - Use early return from 27ManagerProxyPass and new DB interface [gordonr 7635]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-06]
  - Remove special case handling for /home/e-smith/files/primary in Apache
    configuration. Migrate code and db entries for wwwpublic to Public.
    [charlieb 5652]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-05]
  - Replace deprecated CONFREF with MORE_DATA in processTemplate call in
    VirtualHosts fragment of httpd.conf templates. Fixes template
    expansion breakage (I'm not sure what broke it, but this fixes it.)
    [charlieb]
  - Add default config db fragments to set type and status. Remove redundant
    conf-httpd-e-smith script. [charlieb 1507]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-02]
  - Added conf-httpd-e-smith action linked to the same events as conf-startup
    in e-smith-base [markk 6428]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.15.0-04
changelog:
  - Remove desktop verify and desktop restore features. Note that
    lexicon entries have not been removed. [SME: 3372]


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com> 1.14.0-9
changelog:
  - Make tape actions depend on tape backup. [SME: 1055]
  - Make backup type configurable via db. [SME: 1055]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.14.0-04
changelog:
  - Move /etc/cron.d/backup into /etc/crontab fragment [SME: 1172]
  - Expand /etc/crontab in conf-backup. e-smith-base already does
    it for us in bootstrap-console-save [SME: 1172]
  - Remove /etc/cron.d/backup in post [SME: 1172]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.14.0-03
changelog:
  - Add semi-colon to last code change. Saves head-scratching if
    someone removes the braces at some later stage. [SME: 1045]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.4-02]
  - Create empty /etc/e-smith/db/backups directory to trigger migration
    to new location. [SF: 1335862]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.2-15]
  - Remove explict use of CGI (which caused double construction of
    the CGI object, and loss of uploaded data file). [SF: 1264699]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.2-14]
  - Don't delete configuration dbs in pre-restore event until
    we have finished using them. [SF: 1292448]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au>
changelog:
  - [1.13.2-12]
  - Delete configuration dbs from /home/e-smith/db/ prior to
    a restore to ensure that the ones coming from tape are the
    only ones on the system after the restore [SF: 1246347]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.2-10]
  - Enforce Posix behaviour of df command, in restore functions of panel.
    [SF: 1242986]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.2-07]
  - Remove another anacronistic version requires in perl library.
    Grrrr!!! [charlieb MN00050370]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.2-06]
  - Use generic_template_expand action in place of conf-backup.
    Update e-smith-lib dependency. [MN00064130]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.2-05]
  - Ensure that smbpasswd file appears last in list during restore/verification.
    [MN00073362]
  - Fix merging of samba files. [MN00073365]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.2-04]
  - Explicitly list required perl modules - RPM didn't work it out correctly.
    [charlieb MN00050751]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.2-03]
  - Remove deprecated "require v5.6.0". [charlieb MN00050370]
  - Allow RPM to work out what the perl Requires headers should be.
    [charlieb MN00050751]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-05]
  - Updated do_backup to pass a "tape" argument when using signal-event
    and rewind-tape to exit if a second argument is not given.
    [msoulier dpar-22041]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-03]
  - Display big-red reboot warning like other panels. Wow, it's hard to miss
    now. [msoulier 10240]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.12.0-07]
  - Remove /etc/samba/smbpasswd symlink if we find it, before doing
    the move/symlink shuffle with smbpasswd files. This prevents us
    "preserving" old symlinks. [charlieb 9416]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.12.0-06]
  - Rename the pre-restore cache files in $file.time(). This preserves
    them in case we want to wander back through them after an
    upgrade, and ensures that they won't be around to confuse another
    post-upgrade [gordonr 9428]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.12.0-04]
  - Further safeguards for the /etc/smbpasswd -> /etc/samba/smbpasswd
    relocation [gordonr 9333]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.12.0-03]
  - Fix backup panel text change. Made text non-specific about the location of
    the smbpasswd file. [charlieb 9220]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.12.0-02]
  - Account for the path change of smbpasswd file in desktop restore/verify.
    [charlieb 9220]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.1-02]
  - Remove some remnants of templated /sbin/e-smith/backup.
  - Use Backup program parameter in /sbin/e-smith/do_backup.
    [charlieb 7853]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-56]
  - And symlink /etc/smbpasswd to avoid confusion [gordonr 8809]
  - Move guard so we skip if /etc/smbpasswd is not a file [gordonr 8809]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-54]
  - Fix return check for ->group and ->passwd [gordonr 8766]
  - Fix tests for BackupHistoryDB.pm [gordonr 5908, in passing]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-51]
  - Added test files and skeleton for merge_group [gordonr 8766]
  - TODO: Complete merge_group and tests [gordonr 8766]
  - TODO: Handle admin, www, shared groups [gordonr 8766]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-48]
  - Constructors are nice to have in objects :-( [gordonr 8766]
  - Link merge-system-files into post-upgrade [gordonr 8766]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-45]
  - Added esmith::Backup library to centralise list of files/directories to
    restore [gordonr 8766]
  - Save away important system files in pre-restore [gordonr 8766]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-39]
  - Record success or otherwise of backup to desktop attempts in config db.
    [charlieb 5908]
  - Gracefully handle SIGPIPE in backup to desktop. [charlieb 8490]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-37]
  - Call signal-event {pre,post}-backup with extra "desktop" parameter
    from desktop backup code, and use that parameter to skip tape rewinding.
    [charlieb 7853]
  - Fix device lookup code in rewind-tape action. [charlieb 8475]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-33]
  - Fix typo in rewind-tape action. [charlieb 5908]
  - Change Copyright => License in header.


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-30]
  - Removed "Mitel Network SME server' branding [lijied 8016]
  - Fix layout/css in backup panel [tonyc 7950]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-26]
  - Call genFooter/genResult with an FM object (subclass of CGI) so
    footers get localised [gordonr 3553]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-25]
  - Remove templated /sbin/e-smith/backup and add non-templated
    do_backup script. Alter cron template to suit. Move tape
    rewind into pre-backup and post-backup actions. Log
    start, finish and result properties from backup script.
    [charlieb 5908]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-24]
  - Modified French lexicon to use lang="fr", rename the lexicon
    directory to fr [lijied 6787]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-22]
  - Deleted ./sbin/e-smith/backup/template-begin, and modified
    %build
  LANG=C
  export LANG
  unset DISPLAY
   [lijied 3295]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-21]
  - Changed the post restore code such that the backup panel is blocked until
    the server reboots. [msoulier 6471]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-14]
  - Added .po->.mo instructions to %build
  LANG=C
  export LANG
  unset DISPLAY
   [lijied 7442]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-04]
  - Tidy up and update /sbin/e-smith/backup templates, preparatory to adding
    support for non-tape devices. [charlieb 5521]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-08]
  - Renamed duplicate lexicon tag RESTORE_IN_PROGRESS{,_BEGAN_AT}
    RESTORE_IN_PROGRES_DESC -> MUST_REBOOT_AFTER_RESTORE in tape restore
    [gordonr 5168]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-05]
  - Add calls to signal-event pre-restore before tape or desktop restore
    (currently to stop slapd and remove LDIF dump file).  [charlieb 2745]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-03]
  - Complete previous change - the web panel needed to be updated as well.
    [charlieb 2745]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-02]
  - Change mysql-dump-tables and mysql-delete-dumps events to pre-backup and
    post-backup events. [charlieb 2745]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.19-01]
  - Removed unused config db tie in restore-idle-flag.
  - Add initialisation of backup service entry in config db.
    This will allow restore from tape to work out of the box.
    [charlieb 1254, 3746]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.6-01]
  - Internationalized using FormMagick lexicon [markk 3159]
  - Converted to esmith::ConfigDB API [markk 3159]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.5-01]
  - Include "du -s " of all backed up files and directories other than
    /home/e-smith in desktop backup estimate.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.3-01]
  - Include /root in desktop backup and in size estimate (#2322).
  - Change text to indicate that desktop backup file will be somewhat
    smaller if files are compressible.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.2-01]
  - Use Quota module to estimate desktop backup size, by summing over all
    user accounts (#2139).


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.1-01]
  - Rolled to version 1.7.1-01 to verify CVS contents from 1.7.0-01.
    Includes all patchesup to 1.7.0-01.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-04]
  - Adding text to restore screen that warns that your restore
    is not complete until you see the words Restore complete and
    /etc/smbpasswd is restored.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-03]
  - Report restore/verify problems if they are detected. Do not do any
    post processing unless the restore completes successfully.


author: Tony Clayton <tonyc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-01]
  - Rolled version number to 1.5.0-01. Includes patches up to 1.4.0-06.
  - use esmith::lockfile for lockfile stuff
  - add dependency on e-smith-lib >= 1.7.0-20 for esmith::lockfile


author: Tony Clayton <tonyc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.4.0-05]
  - use esmith::lockfile for lockfile stuff
  - add dependency on e-smith-lib >= 1.7.0-20 for esmith::lockfile


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.4.0-03]
  - Changed default network backup filename to "smeserver.tgz"
  - Note: We can still restore the old format "esmithsg.bak" files


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-05]
  - Default to .tgz for desktop backup/restore/verify
  - Allow uuencoded tar (esmithsg.bak) for restore/verify backwards compatability


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-02]
  - Avoid use of redundant temporary file, CGI.pm already creates one for us,
    and provides us with a file handle.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-09]
  - Add conf-backup to bootstrap-console-save.
  - Don't need templates-user-custom directory now, it's in e-smith-base RPM.


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-04]
  - Zero pad minutes for backup and reminder times.
  - Fix nasty problem stopping flexbackup running in the background.
    Needed to dup STDOUT, close STDOUT, and reset STDOUT to duped fd.


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-03]
  - Changed size calculations so that minimum size displayed is 1Mb.
  - Changed wording of size of snapshot.
  - Notify user how much free space exists in /tmp.
  - Remove uploaded file after restore.


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-16]
  - /sbin/e-smith/backup zeroes tape before starting. This is a hack to
    work around talking to ide tapes via ide-scsi.


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-13]
  - removed unnecessary /sbin/e-smith/tape-restore template
  - fixed html formatting problem in backup panel
  - fixed backgrounding problem in backup panel - need to close STDOUT in child
  - format fixes in backup panel


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-11]
  - Changed fork and signal handling again - doesn't seem to make much
    difference. Could be the lock file interaction - needs testing.


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-10]
  - Fixed order of files to be restored
  - Moved signal handling but it makes no difference, still can't background


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-09]
  - /sbin/e-smith/backup now dumps mysql tables to /home/e-smith prior
    to running the tape backup


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-08]
  - fixed uninitialised variables
  - reboot action calls backgroundCommand instead of showing new panel


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-06]
  - flexbackup is merely the default backup program
  - cron job calls /sbin/e-smith/backup which is a templated file
  - restore-tape action now given to flexbackup as it is flexbackup specific


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-05]
  - Removed checks for uptime. The state in /etc/e-smith/restore is not
    changed, regardless of reboots. It is changed by bootstrap-console.
  - Lots of text changes for consistency and to reinforce the need to
    reboot after a restore
  - Mail is sent to the admin user after a tape restore indicating
    success or failure.
  - mysql tables are dumped to /home/e-smith prior to network backup.
  - Calculation of tarsize handles negative values sensibly.


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-04]
  - No longer checks for current state of EthernetDrive1 and LocalIP.
  - Does not do a forced reboot under any circumstances.
  - Calls post-upgrade after the restore instead of post-restore.


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-03]
  - Major changes to panel. Now does tape restore in background. Lots of
    checks and balances to avoid concurrent restores/backups etc.


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1-2] through [0.1-3]
  - completed the update section for configuration database
    of flexbackup
  - prepared the restore-tape option for the call to the
    proper event for restoring from tape


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 4.18.1-21
changelog:
  - Fix race condition in VPN ip-down handling which could cause loss of
    LAN connectivity. [SME: 4405]


author: Jonathan Martens <smeserver-contribs@snetram.nl> 4.18.1-18
changelog:
  - Revert locale key PASSWORD_RESET_TITLE to RESET_PASSWORD_TITLE and move it 
    to e-smith-formmagick's general [SME: 4475]
  - Reverting all *PASSWORD_NO_MATCH to *PASSWORD_VERIFY_ERROR locale keys [SME: 4476]
  - Remove invalid entry tag from userpassword's locale file preventing the 
    form from displaying properly [SME: 4479]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 4.18.0-71
changelog:
  - Fix comparison of expected to actual SSL cert data. Also change
    truncation point for email address from 40 chars to 64. [SME: 1736].
    [Note that -70 was inadvertently skipped.]


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com> 4.18.0-55
changelog:
  - Clean up some more newlines [SME: 3035]
  - Make raid failures more verbose [SME: 3032]
  - Fix add_drive_to_raid and partition issues [SME: 2155, 2232]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 4.18.0-30
changelog:
  - Fix login pam configuration file. TODO - expand the template
    during bootstrap-console-save. [SME: 2831]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com> 4.18.0-6
changelog:
  - Configure elinks to obey cache control directives. I have
    no idea why that would not be the default! [SME: 2443]


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com> 4.17.2-5
changelog:
  - [Forward-ported from 4.17.0]
  - Refactor console code considerably, and add restore from CDROM/USB
    backup capability to console.
  - Remove deprecated %conf use in console. [SME: 1856]


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com> 4.17.2-4
changelog:
  - [Ported from e-smith-base+ldap]
  - Add support for use of pam_tally and/or pam_abl modules. Both
    are disabled by default.
  - Update /etc/pam.d/{ftp,passwd} templates.
  - Add template for /etc/pam.d/system-auth.


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com> 4.17.2-2
changelog:
  - [Forward-ported from 4.17.0]
  - Remove server-manager templates and scripts - move to e-smith-manager.
    [SME: 2023]


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com> 4.17.2-1
changelog:
  - [Forward-ported from 4.17.0]
  - Combine dhcp client, pppoe, dialup and static WAN connections into
    "wan" service. [SME 1795]


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com> 4.16.0-36
changelog:
  - [Back-port from 4.17.0-20]
  - Don't regenerate key and only regenerate crt when expired. [SME: 2035]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.16.0-35
changelog:
  - [Back-port from 4.17.0-19]
  - And mark admin_raidreport as only available for local mail [SME: 2139]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.16.0-34
changelog:
  - [Back-port from 4.17.0-17, 4.17.0-18]
  - Send raidmonitor output to admin_raidreport pseudonym [SME: 2139]
  - And mark admin_raidreport as non-Removable [SME: 2139]


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com> 4.16.0-33
changelog:
  - Disable raid based on /proc/partitions (which is dynamic) instead 
    of grub/device.map (which is static) [SME: 2131]


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com> 4.16.0-31
changelog:
  - Create partitions in order of size.  This makes sure boot is first and
    / is last.  Also last partitions fills all available space making resizing
    easier. [SME: 2131]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.16.0-23
changelog:
  - Allow for admin account when locking null passwords, and perform
    check in post-upgrade so that the password screen will be presented
    after the reboot [SME: 1529]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 4.16.0-20
changelog:
  - Change ssl.crt template so that cert is regenerated if issuer information
    has changed. [SME: 1484]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 4.16.0-18
changelog:
  - Fix syntax error introduced in last change (and reuse $rc and $choice in
    raidManage.pl). [SME: 1285,1300]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.16.0-17
changelog:
  - Force masq service to enabled for servergateway modes, but
    leave at current setting for serveronly. Revises -09 change [SME: 1209]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 4.16.0-15
changelog:
  - Ensure that rmmod-bonding doesn't return error status if
    bonding is not enabled (e.g. during upgrade) [SME: 935]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.16.0-09
changelog:
  - Enable the masq service to ensure that installs and upgrades
    are consistent. If someone really wants to disable it, they can 
    add a force fragment [SME: 1209]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.16.0-02
changelog:
  - Rename anaconda logs, but leave a symlink. Do nothing if the log
    is already a symlink or missing [SME: 808]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.9-20
changelog:
  - Ensure that each user has a Shell property in post-upgrade. 
    If they didn't have one before, set it to the current value in
    /etc/passwd. [SME: 859]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.9-19
changelog:
  - Copy anaconda logs instead of renaming them in post-upgrade [SME: 808]
  - Adjust timestamp of copied logs to logfiles2timestamp format [SME: 808]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.9-14
changelog:
  - Display a message for single disk installs which catches that
    case and tells people that they can add a second disk and produce
    a mirrored pair [SME: 958]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.9-13
changelog:
  - Display a nicer message when a spare disk is available to be
    added to the pair [SME: 964]
  - Blank line for consistency with other messages [SME: 964]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.9-12
changelog:
  - Check whether a resync is in progress so we don't state that
    intervention is required when it is not [SME: 958]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.9-11
changelog:
  - Check whether destination drive of add_mirror is already part
    of a RAID device. If so, complain and exit [SME: 870]
  - Also ensure that /sbin is in the PATH


author: Mark Knox <mark_knox@mitel.com> 4.15.9-09
changelog:
  - Added NIC Bonding options screen in console [SME: 935]
  - Migrate old NICBondingOptions to new defaults, and added new default
    options [SME: 935]
  - rmmod bonding.ko in bootstrap-console-save so new options work
    without extra reboot [SME: 935]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.9-02
changelog:
  - Add requires for mdadm. We use it in the console and raid monitor
    and it won't get installed for 5.x upgrades [SME: 767]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.8-58
changelog:
  - Add /root/upgrade.log and /root/upgrade.log.syslog to 
    logfiles2timestamp in post-upgrade event so we preserve 
    them across multiple upgrades [SME: 808]


author: Gavin Weight <gweight@gmail.com> 4.15.8-57
changelog:
  - Added Reconfigure and Reboot option in console, changed
    main console menu to reflect Reconfigure option [SME: 2]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.8-55
changelog:
  - Adjust console title bar to 'SME Server' [SME: 726]
  - Change title on "Choose administrator password" screens


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 4.15.8-52
changelog:
  - Start bootstrap-console earlier - in particular before raidmonitor.
    Don't try to restart 'random'. [SME: 743]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.8-44
changelog:
  - Change logic for determining RAID partitions in use [SME: 516]
  - Add detailed output of the RAID state to messages log [SME: 516]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.8-43
changelog:
  - Only say that a RAID device is clean if truly clean [SME: 516]
  - Adjusted warning to say 'may be required' instead of 'is'


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.8-42
changelog:
  - Delete 'deny bootp' fragment from dhcpd.conf, reverting to
    default, which is to allow bootp. [SME: 660]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 4.15.8-35
changelog:
  - Fix flip of access settings to default on first post-upgrade (e.g.
    sshd from public to private). [SME: 495]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.8-26
changelog:
  - Allow dot and underscore in account names [SME: 24]
  - Default maxAcctNameLength and maxGroupNameLength to 31 [SME: 24]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.8-16
changelog:
  - Removed accounts db default for 'common'
  - Added accounts db defaults for server-common and server-resources [SME: 77]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.8-06
changelog:
  - Initial cut at console menu item to (re)add RAID-1 mirror [SME: 253]
  - Needs to move to /sbin/e-smith/console-menu-items, once I work out
    what I believe is a taint issue.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.8-02]
  - Re-import head to CVS.
  - Regenerate both key and cert when cert expires, not just crt. [SF: 1365965]


author: Mark Knox <mark_knox@mitel.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.7-01]
  - Imported to ClearCase
  - Changed console sort order from ASCII to numeric [MN00107120]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.6-09]
  - Add -f option to add_mirror to allow use of disks with existing
    partition tables [MN00101667]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.6-08]
  - Add reconfiguration reboot option to reboot panel [SF: 1349946]
  - TODO: Cleanup so that the red warning header doesn't display since
    the reboot is going to happen anyway


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.6-06]
  - Change DISABLED -> OFF in init script messages, and go back to standard
    alignment. [SF: 1264702, 134543]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.6-04]
  - Replace grub setup commands in add_mirror with an exec of an external
    script. This script will be provided by a bootloader specific package,
    e.g. e-smith-lilo or e-smith-grub. That package should include a
    "Provides: e-smith-bootloader" header, to satisfy a Requires in this
    package. [SF: 1335937]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.6-03]
  - Unload network drivers immediately after rc.sysinit runs, so that
    we can control the order of allocation of eth0 and eth1. [SF: 1332366]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.6-02]
  - Disable raid monitor if /boot/grub/device.map suggests that the system
    is a single disk system. [SF: 1269091]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-50]
  - Move user-create-unix action before template expansions, so
    that getpwnam can be used in template fragments. Ditto
    for group-create-unix. [SF. 1322231]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-48]
  - Revised translation of groups panel, reordered to match
    the English lexicon - Thanks Didier Rambeau [SF: 1305184]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-45]
  - Added Italian for Please wait - we should do this through gettext
    or similar [SF: 1309288]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-44]
  - Reword Master DNS Server screen as "Corporated DNS Server", in
    line with domains panel [gordonr MN00096914]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-41]
  - Added "de" to pleasewait ugliness case statement and
    sorted the list alphabetically [SF: 1293325]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-39]
  - Add preliminary support for ethernet bonding on local interface.
  - Modify user-modify-unix so that usermod is not called to change
    shell or GCOS field unless they need to change.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-38]
  - Update filelist entries for databases which have moved
    from /home/e-smith to /home/e-smith/db [SF: 1216546]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-37]
  - Create /mnt/floppy symlink if required in post-{install,upgrade}.
    [MN00095821]
  - Haldaemon race conditions seem quite recalcitrant, so don't try to create
    /mnt/cdrom symlink. [SF: 1260322]
  - Disable CTRL-C in console [tonyc SF: 1264697]
  - Catch CTRL-C in console during Test Internet [tonyc SF: 1264697]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-33]
  - Fix race condition in /mnt/cdrom symlink creation, by creating
    symlink from haldaemon action. [SF: 1260322]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-30]
  - Correctly handle multiple net specification in ValidFrom for httpd-admin.
    [SF: 1273756]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-27]
  - Modify /sbin/e-smith/service so that it runs /sbin/service unless
    runlevel is 7. [SF: 1237968]
  - Only prefix /sbin/e-smith to PATH if user is root. [SF: 1250579]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-24]
  - Update %ghost filelist entries for databases which have moved
    from /home/e-smith to /home/e-smith/db [SF: 1216546]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-22]
  - Add Requires: whiptail so that the out fork of whiptail from the
    newt package is installed on upgrade.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-21]
  - Add Requires: headers for all the additional standard daemons, to
    ensure they are installed on upgrade.


author: Shad Lords <slords@mail.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-20]
  - Change httpd-admin access from local to localhost [SF: 1246986]
  - Change console to use 980 instead of https to avoid warnings [SF: 1246182]
  - tie console to new httpd-admin{TCPPort} property. [SF: 1246986]


author: Shad Lords <slords@email.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-19]
  - Add TCPPort and access for httpd-admin [SF: 1246986]
  - Fix UnsavedChanges in console [SF: 1245238]


author: Shad Lords <slords@mail.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-16]
  - Upgrade database APIs to latest standard.
  - Move databases from /home/e-smith to /home/e-smith/db [SF: 1216546]


author: Shad Lords <slords@mail.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-15]
  - Use https to access server-manager from console, to avoid redirect
    problems. [SF: 1246182]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-13]
  - Remove checking against 32 group limit from UI. Thanks to Gordon Rowell
    for the main patch. [SF: 1245421]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-12]
  - Patches from Shad Lords.
  - Complete fix of user password validation started in 4.15.3-06.
    [SF: 1242098]
  - Change default password strength to "strong". [SF: 1246178]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-11]
  - Patches submitted by Gordon Rowell.
  - Change /etc/modules.conf templates to /etc/modprobe.conf
    and add templates.metadata/etc/modprobe.conf [SF: 1227251]
  - Remove fragments 10appletalk and 95ModulePaths, since they are
    for very old migrations of /etc/modules.conf


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-08]
  - Add messagebus and haldaemon services, so that cdrom mount point
    etc is created as required. [SF: 1225899]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.4-02]
  - Remove "random" service startup symlink - no longer required, as
    prng is seeded by rc.sysinit.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.3-07]
  - Move httpd-admin logging from inside /var/log/httpd to /var/log/httpd-admin.
  - Remove mouseconfig hack. [MN00057145]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.3-03]
  - Remove smbpasswd references from chap-secrets file. Don't re-expand
    chap-secrets file during various user related events. [SF: 1215401]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.3-02]
  - Break up template for /etc/shells into fragments, and add
    /usr/bin/rssh. [SF: 1220145]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.1.0-04
changelog:
  - Delete preun scriptlet which required supervise-scripts and 
    tried to stop/remove the imap service [SME: 348]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.1-03]
  - Add safe_touch() and templates2events() functions to support use
    of the generic_template_expand action. [MN00064130]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.12.0-02]
  - Updated file list to handle /etc/rc.d/init.d/supervise and it's files.
    [msoulier 10648]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-12]
  - Enhance genfilelist to take command line options to extend its internal
    databases. Add /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl (and its components) to list
    of ignored directories. Reformat ignoredirs list to make it easier to extend.
    Strip trailing spaces from spec for dirs and files, and add it to the output
    print statements (so that we don't need a trailing space for every extra spec.
    [charlieb 7719]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.10.1-02]
  - Added /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/esmith/FormMagick/Panel/ to the fileperms
    hash to set the panel libs to 0644 permissions. [msoulier 5516]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.2-01]
  - Added validate-lexicon which exits non-zero if the lexicon
    doesn't parse properly [gordonr 3155]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-06]
  - Add specs for /var/lock/fetchmail and /etc/diald/scripts/*.
  - Add execute permission for /etc/cron.d/* fragments
  - Add spec for /home/e-smith/files/netlogon/netlogon.bat, for when we
    need it.


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-05]
  - Made /home/e-smith/files/samba/profiles 02750,admin,shared to allow
    users to search that directory when accessing their profile subdirectory


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-04]
  - Make /etc/e-smith/events/actions/create-machine-account 06554,root,root
    to allow "admin" to create machine accounts through Samba


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-03]
  - Explicitly list printer driver and profiles directories
  - Returned /home/e-smith/files/samba to default ownership by root


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-02]
  - Made /home/e-smith/files/samba 02755,admin,admin to allow admin write
    access to the printer drivers share


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.4.0-02]
  - Include /var/named, plus lots of other directories which are from the
    filesystem RPM.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-02]
  - Configure a list of directories to omit from RPMs - e.g., RedHat supplied
    directories.A
  - Fix permissions/ownership of ~admin and ~admin/home
  - Add space between %attr() and directory name


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-05]
  - Fix up misplaced defattr, so that files are root owned, unless stated
    otherwise (rather than by the developer building the package).


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-02]
  - Mark netlogon.bat as a noreplace config file.
  - Add some horde config files rules, and rule for /root/.ssh
    directory
  - Add e-smith Maildir rules
  - Give admin ownership of admin home directory


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-3]
  - Remove "other" execute permission for console and action scripts
  - Add execute permission rule for /sbin/e-smith/dynamic-dns/*.
  - Add permission rules for /etc/cron.d/* and /etc/profile.d/* files


author: Adrian Chung <mac@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Moved %defattr below to under files section.
  - Changed genfilelist for new web permissions.
  - Changed genfilelist for new permissions on some other
    files.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.net>
changelog:
  - Fix another stupid ordering problem - can't get ordered searching of 
    hash. We only need to key by file and containing directory anyway.


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.0.0-13
changelog:
  - Add down file for dnscache.forwarder, and modify dnscache run file
    so that it brings up the dnscache.forwarder service when it
    is started. [SME: 4414]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.0.0-11
changelog:
  - Use new address for L root server, and delete included version of
    root/servers/@ file, since we template it. [SME: 4414]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.0.0-02
changelog:
  - Don't use NameServer property from networks database if it would
    cause feedback loop. [SME: 1343]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.5.1-05]
  - Add default name server delegation for domains without a Nameservers property.
    [SF: 1339875]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.5.1-03]
  - Expand templates and restart dnscache.forwarder in dns-update and console-save
    events. Expand templates in bootstrap-console-save rather than
    post-{install,upgrade} events. [SF: 1290325]
  - Add support for Forwarder2 property in template for root/servers/@ of
    dnscache.forwarder service.


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au>
changelog:
  - [0.5.1-02]
  - Configure DNS servers for domains, depending on Nameservers
    property:
    - localhost: 127.0.0.1
    - corporate: dnscache{Forwarder}, dnscache{Forwarder2}
    - internet:  <nothing>
    - Comma separated list of IPs : To those listed servers
  - Add dns-update event and reconfigure dnscache there
  - Call initialise-default-databases in dns-update to cater for
    domain db migration which might be required due to modification
    of the Corporate DNS Servers
  - Migrate db and reconfigure dnscache in domain-modify as well, 
    since we might have changed nameservers.


author: Shad Lords <slords@email.com>
changelog:
  - [0.5.0-23]
  - Add TCPPort/UDPPort/access properties to dnscache [SF: 1246986]
  - Add COPYING file to distribution


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.5.0-22]
  - Only delegate domains if SystemPrimaryDomain or if NameServer
    property is defined. [SF: 1233662]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.5.0-21]
  - Add dnscache log file analysis script
    (from http://www.hungry.com/~fn/dnscache-log.pl.txt).


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.5.0-20]
  - Update ICANN root hint name server address list
    (s/128.9.0.107/192.228.79.201/). The 128.9.0.107 address will continue
    answering queries until Jan, 2006.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.5.0-16]
  - Really fix creation of root/ip/127 access list file (i.e. put it
    in the correct place).


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.5.0-13]
  - Adding missing execute permission on new run scripts.
  - Fix errors in config template for forwarding dnscache.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.5.0-10]
  - Add second dnscache instance which does all Internet queries.
    We run the first instance with a small cache, which we
    can happily lose whenever we might have changed any delegations.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.5.0-09]
  - Fix bug in delegation of local networks with NameServer
    property.
  - Fix bug in access list configuration.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.5.0-08]
  - Avoid chdir in run script.
  - Allow delegation to an alternative listen address for tinydns.
  - Avoid unnecessary delegation for 127.in-addr.arpa.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.5.0-05]
  - Use perl run script which does all env setup, access control and zone
    delegation without any templates.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.5.0-04]
  - Fix delegation of reverse lookup of local network. [MN00062867]
  - Use generic_template_expand and adjust-services actions in place of
    dnscache-conf. Update e-smith-lib dependency. [MN00064130, MN00065576]
  - Update genfilelist call and move to install section.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.5.0-02]
  - Remove any left-behind env/FORWARDONLY file in post scriptlet, so we can
    later simplify config. [charlieb MN00045628]
  - Don't attempt to configure dnscache in post-install and post-upgrade.
    [MN00065717]
  - Only delegate reverse name lookup when we know of a suitable
    name server. [MN00062867]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.3.0-02]
  - Updated to handle FORWARDONLY env var properly, to prevent unwanted requests
    for recursion. [msoulier MN00045628]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.8-20]
  - Restart dnscache except after configuration is complete, except for
    certain events (when dnscache will not be running). [gordonr 6762]
  - If forwarder is enabled, don't delegate any lookups to local tinydns.
    [charlieb 9032]
  - Change Forwarder1 property to Forwarder. Do migration of legacy values here -
    previously done in fragment in e-smith-base RPM.  [charlieb 9032]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.8-19]
  - Add "down" file so that dnscache does not start until rc7.d script
    runs. [charlieb 8745]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.8-17]
  - Add template for servers/@ and handle DNS forwarders [gordonr 8179]
  - Modify template for env/FORWARDONLY to handle DNS forwarders [gordonr 8179]
  - Restart dnscache in console-save in case we just changed forwarding
    policy [gordonr 8179]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.8-14]
  - Add/delete dnscache delegations for off-site domains/networks if we
    know about them. [charlieb 7845]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.8-12]
  - Add default db fragments, so dnscache is enabled by default.
    Updated e-smithlib dependency. [charlieb 7632]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.8-11]
  - Replace Copyright header in spec file with "License: GPL". [charlieb]
  - Add /etc/resolv.conf template nameserver fragment. Corresponding
    fragment must be removed from e-smith-base. [charlieb 4058].
  - Remove debugging print from dnscache-conf. [charlieb 4058]
  - Add 127.in-addr.arpa file - it is constant. [charlieb 4058]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.8-07]
  - Delegate domain-remote entries to the server defined in the
    Server property of that record.
  - Don't delegate remote subnets to the local nameserver - just
    skip them for now [gordonr 4058]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.8-06]
  - Wrong bug number last time
  - Standardised log/run script with mailfront/qmail/etc. [gordonr 4058]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.8-04]
  - Call dnscache-conf in post-{install,upgrade} - we need this running
    from the start, even if we need to change details after the bootstrap
    console [gordonr 6365]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.8-03]
  - Add missing pipe in genfilelist call so sticky bit preserverved
    on /var/service/dnscache [gordonr 4058]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.8-02]
  - Add sticky bit to dnscache service directory, so that svscan starts logging.
  - Create /service symlink, so that supervise of dnscache is started by svscan.
    [charlieb 4058]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.7-02]
  - Added root/servers/@ file - we will need to update this some time, as the
    list recently changed.
  - Rewrote conf-dnscache to use new DB access classes. Renamed to dnscache-conf.
  - Add conf-dnscache links to domain-create and domain-delete events.
  - Use links for acl files and delegation files.
  - Add code to do local domain delegation (to tinydns).
  - We currently do lame delegation for local networks reverse lookup. We
    need to fix this, but currently can't do any better - we don't know any
    name servers for those reverse domains.
  - Add sticky bit to dnscache service directory
  - Hide output of "id" in %pre script.
    [charlieb 4058]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.4-01]
  - Use correct esmith::utils function names for netmask manip stuff
  - Remove trailing dot from network prefixes before creating access
    allow files


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.3-01]
  - Allow dnscache/dnslog users to already exist in %pre script
  - Remove bogus -g args from useradd commands
  - Update conf-dnscache action script to set up permission to
    query dnscache
  - Require supervise-scripts


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.2-01]
  - Create dnscache and dnslog users
  - Fix path error in conf-dnscache
  - Create /var/log/dnscache directory with correct ownership


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.3.3-05
changelog:
  - Remove empty pre and post scriptlets. In some cases they cause
    package upgrade failures. [SME: 544]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.3-02]
  - Use a single validator for domain names and complain if the
    validation fails. Previously hyphens passed the panel validator
    but failed on add (or delete).
  - TODO: Strengthen the regexp [SF: 1352880]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au>
changelog:
  - [1.3.1-02]
  - Rewrite with CGI::FormMagick and HTML::Tabulate
  - Added corporate DNS settings with page to change them
  - Update to HTML::Tabulate 0.23 so that the remove link goes
    away when we don't want it - Thanks to Gavin Carr for the 
    immediate patch turnaround.
  - Only add "Corporate DNS Servers" to picklist if configured
  - Migrate all domains in domains db, defaulting system domain to
    'localhost', and others to 'internet'
  - Remove table border, and change stripe colour to match other buttons
  - Add calls to signal-event for create/modify/delete
  - TODO: Insert name of domain to be deleted on remove page
  - Signal the dns-update event when DNS configuration is changed
  - Migrate the Nameserver property to the Nameservers


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.1-01]
  - Roll new development stream prior to adding support for delegation to
    Corporate Nameservers.


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-02]
  - Removed reserved 'secure.domain' name as it is no longer a special
    case [markk 8989]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 4.17.0-02
changelog:
  - Add support for SMTPS and MSA outbound authenticated SMTP to
    smarthost. TODO: Add panel support. [SME: 897]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 4.16.0-04
changelog:
  - In smtp-auth-proxy.pl, don't relay client's HELO/EHLO, as some servers
    (wrongly) reject more than 1. [SME: 103]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.16.0-03
changelog:
  - Detect dangling pseudonyms to avoid white screen of death [SME: 1054]
  - See also [SME: 762] for tools to tell you how to fix them


author: Gavin Weight <gweight@gmail.com> 4.15.4-19
changelog:
  - Add migrate fragment to get and delete "authentication" and 
    move to correct "Authentication". [SME: 894]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.4-07
changelog:
  - Made sectionbar its own item so that it is in the right place
    when the sections are hidden [SME: 561]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.4-06
changelog:
  - Hide webmail sections if imp isn't installed
  - Hide Spam filtering sections if spamassassin isn't installed
  - Hide Virus scan sections if clamav isn't installed [SME: 561]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.4-05
changelog:
  - Don't check whether the user exists when creating user@domain
    pseudonyms - i.e. allow support@dom.ain even if support itself
    hasn't been defined. Of course, dom.ain must exist. [SME: 368]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 4.15.4-04
changelog:
  - Don't attempt to recreate first.last and first_last pseudonyms
    in bootstrap-console-save. We create them when we create the user,
    and if someone deletes them, that's their choice. [SME: 387]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-41]
  - Change French translation of "Weekend" to the more
    universally acceptable "samedi et dimanche" [SF: 1293855]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-35]
  - Add requires header for Authen::SASL module, needed by SMTP auth
    proxy. [SF: 1269111]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-34]
  - Lexicon updates. Still need more French and Spanish translation
    done. [SF: 1280024]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-33]
  - Add UI toggles for private/public IMAP/IMAPS/POP/POPS. Thanks for
    patch go to Michael Weinberger! [SF: 1280024]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-32]
  - Handle upstream disconnect in smtp-auth-proxy. Use more concise
    proxy code, courtesy of the Perl Cookbook. [SF: 1269414]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-31]
  - Improve error reporting in smtp-auth-proxy - return 421 status, and
    log config errors and upstream connect errors to stderr. [SF: 1257015]


author: Shad Lords <slords@mail.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-28]
  - Remove last qmail stuff [SF: 1255261]
  - Break out pop3 into its own package [SF: 1256055]
  - Rename popd service to pop3 [SF: 1256055]
  - Include imap database stuff [SF: 1256055]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-27]
  - Remove "Obsoletes: e-smith-qmail", and split out all qmail specific stuff.
    [SF: 1255261]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-25]
  - Complete the update to current db access APIs - a few esmith::db and
    esmith::config calls were found hiding.  [SF: 1216546, 1242331]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-23]
  - Fix pop* run scripts to find checkpassword binary via
    PATH search.  [SF: 1239720]
  - Various further muttrc configuration changes (from Shad) [SF: 1235454]
    . Fix braces
    . Configure "folder" to use IMAP as well, so we see all IMAP
      folders
    . use URLs instead of PINE style folder names, and use imaps directly


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-22]
  - Configure /etc/Muttrc to use IMAP
  - And expand /etc/Muttrc at same times as /etc/pine.conf
    Patch contributed by Gordon Rowell. [SF: 1235454]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-21]
  - French L10N Merci - Didier. [ SF:1227389 ] 
  - Add some missing Requires: headers. [SF: 1217914]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-19]
  - Four PIF file patterns (AHhUYXgg,AMlIbDk5Lm,AMkgICAg,AHhIYW5k) and
    one more EXE file pattern (TVoAACoAG) - Thanks Hans-Cees Speel


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-17]
  - Disable all mailpatterns by default [Gordon SF:1202391]
  - Change mailpatterns database back to one pattern per entry [Gordon SF:1202391]
  - Add two new EXE file patterns - Thanks Ray Mitchell


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-16]
  - Make sure that there are empty templates-default files in the
    peers/{o,local} templates directory. Fix up a couple of problems
    in the pop3s run script. [SF: 1206471]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-15]
  - Change db lookup of spamassassin{sortspam} to spamassassin{SortSpam}.
    Expand all users' .qmail files in email-update action. [SF: 1202402]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-14]
  - [Patch from Gordon's e-smith-email-4.15.2-13gr02]
  - Add missing qmail initscript links [SF:1201092]
  - Modify email-update-user to expand ~/.qmail-junkmail
  - Add templates for ~/.qmail-junkmail
  - This should probably be in e-smith-spamassassin, but that
    would mean another perl invocation for that template


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-13]
  - Big set of patches from Gordon Rowell.
  - Show public pop/public imap/http webmail/smtp auth if they
    are already enabled in that way. Otherwise, only show disabled
    and the pop3s/imaps/https webmail/ssmtp auth version
  - Change emailsettings.pm to store most properties in the virtual
    smtpd and ssmtpd records
  - Change URL in webmail text to https://
  - Various lexicon changes for consistency across the panel
  - Use $db->set_prop(thing,prop,value) instead of 
    $db->get(thing)->set_prop(prop,value)
  - TODO: The fetchmail settings could easily be done in a loop
  - Don't delete DelegateMailServer when empty, just clear the value
  - Changed Patterns property to PatternsScan to match VirusScan
  - Added lots of defaults for smtpd and ssmtpd:
      smtpd{access}: public
      smtpd{Authentication}: disabled
      smtpd{Instances}: 40
      smtpd{InstancesPerIP}: 5
      smtpd{PatternsScan}: disabled
      smtpd{Proxy}: enabled
      smtpd{status}: enabled
      smtpd{TCPPort}: 25
      smtpd{type}: service
      smtpd{VirusScan}: enabled

      ssmtpd{access}: public
      ssmtpd{Authentication}: enabled
      ssmtpd{Instances}: 10
      ssmtpd{status}: enabled
      ssmtpd{TCPPort}: 465
      ssmtpd{type}: service
  - Fix up masq fragment to look at smtpd{Proxy}
  - Add migrate frament for smtpfront-qmail properties
  - Move mailpatterns defaults to this package
  - Delete duplicate Requires: line
  - Fix check for smtpd{Authentication} when displaying options


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-11]
  - [All items in this change contributed by Gordon Rowell.]
  - Allow separation of mail for bob@domain1 from bob@domain2
  - To configure, enter pseudonyms of the form pseudo@domain => user 
    with the following restrictions:
      - pseudo must be a user already configured on the server
      - domain must be a domain alredy configured on the server
      - pseudo may not equal user (since that's the default for all domains)
  - Merged in the web interface from Shad Lords' e-smith-spamassassin
    onto the E-mail filtering sub-page
  - TODO: We should probably disallow this if only one domain is hosted
    on the server.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-10]
  - [All items in this change contributed by Gordon Rowell.]
  - Add e-mail filtering page
  - Prepare for migration to qpsmtpd by using $SMTPD and $SSMTPD 
    throughout the panel code
  - Changed Requires: from e-smith-mailfront to e-smith-smtpd (which
    is provided by e-smith-qpsmtpd and could be by e-smith-mailfront).
  - Add skeleton virus and spam scan toggles. Note that these set
    options in the $SMTPD services and each virus or spam scanner can
    use those as defaults and add additional options as required. For
    example, if $SMTPD{VirusScan} == 'disabled', no virus scanners should
    configure themselves to look at the mail.
  - Make patterns status depend on any being selected, which removes a
    redundant toggle


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-06]
  - [Patch from Gordon]
  - Complete L10N of front page of emailsettings
  - Move many panel option hashes into subroutines for re-use on status page
  - Move executable content blocking section from subroutine to FM XML
  - Open AccountsDB read-only since that's all we need
  - Actually fix the evil and unsafe part of the webmail settings code
  - Dormant prototype of optional display of multidrop settings regions
  - Removed percent from (percent)prep in 4.9.0-01 changelog entry
    to stop mezzanine/rpmbuild failures due to multiple (percent)prep 
    sections (sigh)


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-05]
  - Add template expansion of pop service peers files to email-update,
    as private/public may have changed.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.2-02]
  - Integrate Gordon's changes to break form up into subforms.
    TODO - non-en localisations.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.1-30]
  - Avoid warning from email panel if patterns are not enabled.
  - Avoid crash in panel if DelegateMailServer is being set.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.1-29]
  - Don't expand /var/qmail/users/assign in generic_template_expand,
    as users/groups may not yet be created. Instead, combine with
    qmail-newu in qmail service control/1 script.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.1-28]
  - Add missing templates for popd/pop3s peers files.
  - Change port specification in popd run file from "pop3" to
    "pop" - tcpsvd doesn't grok "pop3".


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.1-27]
  - Use tcpsvd instead of tcpserver for popd and pop3d. Use sslio
    instead of stunnel for pop3d. TODO - configurable concurrency
    limits.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.1-21]
  - Include all content from e-smith-qmail (arguably lots of this
    content should move to e-smith-qmail, but this is easier).
  - Obsolete email-assign action.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.1-20]
  - Fix dangling symlink.
  - Add missing exports in FormMagick::Panel::emailsettings
  - Add missing templates for pop3s tcpserver cdb file.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.1-17]
  - Fix path to skeletal junkmail Maildir.
  - Up memory limits for popd and pop3s run files.
  - Add missing /var/log/pop3s directory.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.1-15]
  - Fold in most of Shad's panel changes, with support for
    imaps and pop3s.
  - Add supervised pop3s service.
  - Allow pseudonums of pseudonyms.
  - Obsolete email-update-shared and email-conf actions.
  - Add junkmail maildir to skeletal user dir
  - Remove db entry creation code from panel code - now done
    via default fragments.
  - Add TCPPort property of popd (and pop3s).


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.1-13]
  - Remove obsolete email-startup-links action. [MN00065651]
  - Obsolete email-sighup and smtp-auth-proxy-restart by using generic
    services-adjust action. Remove unused email-restart action. 
    Update e-smith-lib dependency. [MN00065576]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.1-12]
  - Remove conf-fetchmail action - done by default fragments. [MN00064329]
  - Include ~alias/.qmail-default symlink in rpm. [MN00064230]
  - Use generic_template_expand action where possible, in place
    of specific actions. Update e-smith-lib dependency. [MN00064130]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.1-10]
  - Remove no longer needed conf-migrate-* actions. [charlieb MN00062545]
  - Fix "Visisble" typo in default "everyone" pseudonym. [charlieb MN00046951]
  - Don't restart auth proxy in bootstrap-console-save [charlieb MN00062549]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.1-04]
  - Made filtering via SA the default preprocessing action for all email.
    [msoulier MN00027881]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.0-05]
  - Updated template for home directory .qmail files to support change in
    sortspam to allow .qmail files more control over mail delivery. 
    [msoulier dpar-20868]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.0-04]
  - Fwd port of 10064: fixed expansion of /etc/fetchmail in email-update event
    [markk 11026]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.15.0-02]
  - Adding Charlie's smtp-auth-proxy, and putting it under supervision.
    [msoulier 4728]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.14.0-08]
  - Remove duplicate primary domain name in multidrop fetchmail template
    [charlieb 10064]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.14.0-06]
  - Removed the conditional around the SMTPProxy creation code. [msoulier 9572]
  - Changed the trigger property for the SMTPProxy to "Proxy", in
    smtpfront-qmail. [msoulier 9572]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.14.0-05]
  - Added an smtp-proxy db record to permit enabling/disabling of the smtp
    proxy. [msoulier 9572]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.14.0-03]
  - Use qmail delivery properties to determine local delivery instructions for
    admin user. [charlieb 9198, 9255]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-58]
  - Use tcpserver/supervise rather than xinetd to handle POP connections. Need new
    genfilelist to handle the permissions under /var/service. [charlieb 8903]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-57]
  - Fix devnull pre-defined alias definition. Use defaults mechanism to reserve
    devnull alias. Use same mechanism for postmaster, mailer-daemon, and everyone
    pseudonyms. [charlieb 6460]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-54]
  - Fixed expectation of email-update-group so that it can handle user-deleted
    and group-deleted. [msoulier 6414]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-52]
  - Add default db fragments for qmail/popd/fetchmail services [tonyc 8537]
  - Remove dead email-startup action [tonyc 8537]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-51]
  - Changed the interface to email-update-group to accept either no second
    argument, or a group or user. [msoulier 8103]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-50]
  - Removed email-update-all-groups and modified email-update-group to handle
    its functionality. [msoulier 8103]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-49]
  - Remove email-relocate-maildirs action - it's moving to e-smith-imap.
    [charlieb 8273]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-46]
  - Using the createlinks script for symlink creation for consistency.
    [msoulier 6414]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-45]
  - Fixed lack of & in front of addresses generated by email-update-all-groups.
    [msoulier 6414]
  - Fixed lack of use of processTemplate in email-update-group. [msoulier 6414]
  - Added a symlink to email-update-all-groups in user-delete. [msoulier 6414]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-44]
  - Add creation of ~admin/.qmail-default symlink. Move email-update-user
    action from post-upgrade to bootstrap-console-save, so it is run
    at post-install as well. [charlieb 7660]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-41]
  - Change email-update-user action to loop through all users if
    username not given. Link into post-upgrade action. Create
    .qmail-default symlink if it doesn't already exist.
    [charlieb 7609]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-38]
  - Removed 'Mitel Networks SME Server' branding on emailsetting
    and pseudonyms [lijied 8016]
  - Changed Copyright header to License. [charlieb]
  - Add local delivery options in .qmail template - use
    DeliveryType and DeliveryInstruction properties of qmail.
    [charlieb 2600]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-37]
  - Modify email-relocate-maildirs to ensure that Mail/junkmail
    folder exists for all users. [charlieb 2600]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-29]
  - And make section bars only 80% of the width to its obvious there's one
    Save button for the page [gordonr 7911]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-24]
  - Rearranged panel order slightly to group like items [gordonr 1950]
  - Adjusted titles of the two delegate mail server (upstream/downstream)
    items [gordonr 1950]
  - TODO: Some missing French L10Ns (tagged in lexicon) [gordonr 1950]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-23]
  - Deleted emailretrieval/otheremail - now merged into emailsettings 
    [gordonr 1950]
  - Made emailsettings panel loop back to start and display 
    success/failure message [gordonr 1950]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-22]
  - Modified emailretrieval and emailsettings en-us text [lijied 4937]
  - Modified emailretrieval and emailsettings fr-ca text [lijied 4937]
    and modified the lexicons to use lang="fr", rename the lexicon
    directory to fr [lijied 6787]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-20]
  - And add panel link [gordonr 1950]
  - Change page title to "E-mail settings' and nav bar to 'e-mail'
    in English and French [gordonr 1950]
  - Modified otheremail POP and IMAP server access text [lijied 4081]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-17]
  - Deleted ./etc/{fetchmail, startmail}/template-begin,
    and modified %build
  LANG=C
  export LANG
  unset DISPLAY
   [lijied 3295]
  - Reconfigure/reload /var/qmail/control/locals on ip-change [gordonr 6900]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-15]
  - Modified panel order for emailretrieval,otheremail 
    and pseudonyms
  - Modified en-us and fr-ca pseudonyms panel title [lijied 7356]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-14]
  - Split en-us lexicon from emailretrieval panel
    split en-us lexicon from otheremail panel
    split en-us lexicon from pseudonyms panel  [lijied 4030]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-11]
  - Added French lexicon for emailretrieval, otheremail
    and pseudonyms. [lijied 5003]
  - Re-do hosts.allow template to use esmith::ConfigDB::hosts_allow_spec.
    Add dependency on up-to-date e-smith-lib. [charlieb 5650]
  - Remove bogus mailfront dependency.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-10]
  - Convert virtualdomains template to use esmith::{Hosts,Domains}DB.
    [charlieb 2670]
  - Remove duplicate DomainName setting from virtualdomains template,
    now that the primary domain is added to the domains db. [charlieb 2670]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-07]
  - Change pattern match for ppp device in /etc/startmail, so that
    mail collection is triggered on a PCI ISDN dialup link [charlieb 5399]
  - Remove standard template-{begin,end} fragments where possible. The
    default ones will be used in their place [charlieb 3295]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-06]
  - Fixed incorrect page flow behaviour. Panel now returns to start page on
    completion, with a status message prefixed. [msoulier 6470]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.12.0-02]
  - If the user had a maildir called Mail/, rename it so it gets 
    relocated into the new directory Mail/. Attempt to relocate as
    many directories as possible - only warn when directories can't
    be renamed rather than calling die(). [gordonr 4767]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.8-04]
  - Re-add "use esmith::util" to email-update-group - it was lost in the
    esmith::AccountsDB rewrite. [charlieb 4932]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.8-02]
  - Modify email-update-group to iterate over all groups during post-upgrade
    event [charlieb 4932]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.7-03]
  - Relocate maildirs for all users and admin to Mail/ subdirectory
    in post-upgrade event. Directories which didn't exist in Mail/ 
    preserve their name. Directories which conflict with an existing
    directory in Mail/ become {name}.relocated and if that conflicts,
    we try {name}.relocated-time(). If that conflicts, we generate a
    warning to the log and give up. [gordonr 4767]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.7-02]
  - Update default pine configuration to deal with TLS capable imapd,
    and to support a few more features.  [charlieb 3669]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.7-01]
  - Use new adjust-masq action script to adjust packet filter, rather than
    restart-masq. [charlieb 4501]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.6-01]
  - Return exit status from /etc/startmail if it is called, 0 otherwise.
    [charlieb 4487]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.4-01]
  - Call /etc/startmail from email-ipup, rather than /etc/fetchmail, so that
    $SMTP is set. [charlieb 4483]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.3-01]
  - Fixed faulty display of multidrop params [markk 4453]
  - Added fetch of POP password [markk 4453]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.2-01]
  - Added optional property fetchmail|AuthenticationMethod, defaulting to
    "password" so that people with working CRAM-MD5 or similar can still
    choose that (or indeed "any" if it works for them) [gordonr 3050]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.1-01]
  - Added --auth password to fetchmail call to force password
    authentication [gordonr 3050]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.25-01]
  - Fix multi-drop sort. 'on' and 'off' were confused in "select sort
    method" in the panel. [charlieb 3682]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.24-01]
  - Fix forward unknonw email to admin, which was broken in the FormMagick
    conversion. [charlieb 3683]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.18-01]
  - Remove migration of smtpfwdd properties and init of smtpfront-qmail
    service - moved to e-smith-mailfront. [charlieb 3442]
  - Fix fetchmail delivery - we need to use smtphost, not smtpaddress.
  - Append @$DomainName to "postmaster" for postmaster address - 
    fetchmail otherwise uses postmaster@a.b.c.d [charlieb 3469]
  - Remove commented out SMTP address lookup in /etc/fetchmail script -
    it's now passed in from /etc/startmail (and we have CVS for version
    control) [ charlieb 3469].


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.15-01]
  - Removed CVS detritus from changelog.
  - Changed references to smtpd db entries to smtpfront-qmail. [charlieb 2604]
  - Added blank or IP validator. Changed ip_number to new validation in
    emailretrieval [markk 3317]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.14-01]
  - Changed lexicon en -> en-us [markk 3320]
  - Removed unused "TITLE" on first page [markk 3320]
  - Added status message display on first page [markk 3320]
  - Cleaned up display in IE [markk 3320]
  - Localised "Everyone" [markk 3320]
  - Cleaned up die calls in module for better error handling [markk 3320]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.13-01]
  - Enable smtpd service by default. Migrate status and filter properties
    from smtpfwdd to smtpd service, if found. [charlieb 2604]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.9-01]
  - Added head/foot to pseudonyms [gordonr 3223]
  - Nav bar entries to all panels [gordonr 3155]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.8-01]
  - Removed bogus hard quotes on call to serviceControl [gordonr 2920]
  - Changed navigation for email retrieval to "E-mail" as per
    glossary [gordonr 3155]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.7-01]
  - Changed some db->get()s to check their return values. Was causing breakage
    in otheremail panel on fresh install. [markk]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.6-01]
  - Allow optional qmail|ConcurrencyRemote setting which overrides the
    memory sized based heuristic [gordonr 2920]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.4-01]
  - Pass SMTP on the command line as the env is cleared [markk 3161]
  - Pass LocalIP if ExternalIP doesn't exist [markk 3161]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.3-01]
  - Extract ExternalIP in /etc/startmail and export as ENV{SMTP} to 
    /etc/fetchmail to avoid calling privileged commands as user qmailr 
    [markk 3161]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.0-01]
  - rollRPM: Rolled version number to 4.9.0-01. Includes patches up to 4.8.0-07.
  - Removed empty directories from tarball and add code to make them in prep
    section, prior to CVS import.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.8.0-07]
  - Remove the current qmail rcpthosts template and replace it with a
    template directory containing zero length template-begin and template-end
    files. The current template containing "not used" comments is moved
    into the e-smith-obtuse-smtpd RPM.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.8.0-05]
  - Use external IP as SMTP address when using multidrop mail, so that
    external network smtpd rules are applied to address matches. We have to
    fall back to LocalIP in serveronly mode, unfortunately, because we have
    no other option.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.8.0-02]
  - Fix a few problems with email-ipup script which lead to warnings being
    logged.
  - Trucate the changelog, which is getting very large. For earlier changelog,
    see an earlier version of the package.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com> 1.9.0-16
changelog:
  - Autodetect tape block size and use that when extracting files, rather
    that what is in flexbackup.conf [SME: 375]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-11]
  - Allow a Prune property to specify a list of subtrees which are
    not included in the backup. [SF: 1332834]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-10]
  - Don't bother to backup /boot partition, as we never restore it
    anyway. We expect it all to be installed via CDROM or as part of
    an upgrade. [SF: 1332834]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-09]
  - Make buffer program to use configurable via a db property -
    default to 'buffer'.
  - Add Requires: mbuffer [SF: 1252345]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-07]
  - Fix missing semi-colon on erase_rewind_only line in conf.
    [SF: 1192822,1213076]
  - Adjust some default params. [SF: 1213076]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-04]
  - Use generic_template_expand action in place of conf-flexbackup.
    Add default db property fragments. Update e-smith-lib dependency. [MN00064130]
  - Simplify flexbackup.conf template, and remove anachronisms.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.1-06]
  - Autodetect tar/dump at restore time and DTRT. [charlieb 8965]
  - Disable buffering during restore. [charlieb 9053]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.1-05]
  - Change default backup type from dump to tar. Allow override from config
    db. [charlieb 8965]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.1-04]
  - Fix quoting error in 10Blocksize fragment, and split concepts of blocking
    for archive and blocking for tape drive, as latest flexbackup has done.
    [charlieb 9014]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.1-03]
  - Add tape-backup-flexbackup action, which will be used by
    /sbin/e-smith/do_backup harness. Remove remnant of templated backup
    program. [charlieb 7853]
  - Set $verbose to false, so we don't get list of all files as we backup.
    [charlieb 8965]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.1-02]
  - Port configuration to newest version of flexbackup. [charlieb 9014]
  - s/Copyright/License/.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.2-01]
  - Redo last fix, something's awry with my pattern match, so we'll use a
    pair of eqs instead. [charlieb 4588]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.1-01]
  - Change fstab grok in flexbackup.conf template to handle ext3 file
    systems. [charlieb 4588]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.4.0-01]
  - Changing version to maintained stream number to 1.4.0
  - Remove bogus "/sbin/console" reference in copyright notice in 
    tape restore script.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-01]
  - rollRPM: Rolled version number to 1.3.0-01. Includes patches up to 1.2.0-08.
  - Add mkdir command to create event directories to %pre section, in preparation
    for CVS conversion.
  - Remove obsolete %post script.


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-08]
  - revised order of files to restore - doesn't really make any
    difference, but it keeps it consistent with e-smith-backup

  - [1.1.0-07]
  - added missing use esmith::db to tape-restore-flexbackup


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-05]
  - Added flexbackup specific tape-restore program (ripped out of
    e-smith-backup).
  - Removes /etc/cron.d/flexbackup as part of bootstrap-console-save
  - Createlinks is now a perl program.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-3]
  - Make e-smith-flexbackup a subpackage of e-smith-backup
  - Provide a template fragment for /sbin/e-smith/backup
  - Use Device property of backup service.
  - Mark flexbackup as a backupservice, not a service.
  - Add link into bootstrap-console-save and conf-backup events


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1-9]
  - updated /etc/cron.d/flexbackup template and the conf-flexbackup
    actions to include new configuration database parameters
    of backupTime and reminderTime


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1-6]
  - Crontab entry now uses mt to check for presence of tape before
    running flexbackup.
  - A reminder is mailed to root if there is no tape in the drive at 2pm.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Move crontab entry to /etc/cron.d
  - Make device and erase_backup_only configurable.
  - make this a service in the configuration db, by default service is
    disabled.


author: Jonathan Martens <smeserver-contribs@snetram.nl> 1.4.0-20
changelog:
  - Move RESET_PASSWORD_TITLE to general [SME: 4475]
  - Reverting all *PASSWORD_NO_MATCH to *PASSWORD_VERIFY_ERROR locale keys [SME: 4476]
  - Add YOUR_ACCOUNT_INVALID to general [SME: 4478]


author: Jonathan Martens <smeserver-contribs@snetram.nl> 1.4.0-17
changelog:
  - Revert patch here and fix in e-smith-ibays instead because of multiple 
    dependencies and incorrect naming scheme


author: Jonathan Martens <smeserver-contribs@snetram.nl> 1.4.0-16
changelog:
  - Fix password verify entry text box description in ibays panel entry 
    in e-smith-formmagick's general [SME: 4460]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.3.2-03
changelog:
  - 'strong' passwords must meet both Cracklib and the standard password
     mantra: Upper Case AND Lower Case AND Digits AND Special characters
     AND at least seven characters long [SME: 161]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-10]
  - Update requires to CGI::FormMagick >= 0.91-28
  - Fix esmith::FormMagick constructor brokenness for IbayPlugin compatibility


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-07]
  - Move changelog to top of spec file. [charlieb]
  - Don't try to read from unopened file handle in _lexicon_read()
    [charlieb MN00056701]
  - Replace deprecated Copyright header with License header. [charlieb]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-06]
  - Added an error to the top of all pages with errors in them, instructing the
    user to scroll down for specifics. So far localised in English only.
    [msoulier MN00046857]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-04]
  - Added patch to permit "permitpipes" in validation, to turn off automagick
    addition of "nopipes". Thanks to Pascal Schirrmann <schirrms@schirrms.net>
    for the idea and the preliminary patch. 
    [msoulier MN00044774]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-03]
  - Updated _lexicon_filename_list to return lexicon from the preferred
    languages that exists, instead of referencing non-existant files.
    [msoulier 10397]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.1-14]
  - Replaced "MDP" with mot de passe in FormMagick general lexicon [gordonr 3793]
  - Added Spanish FM general lexicon [gordonr 3793]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.1-12]
  - Default status message to undecorated until we modify everyone to
    using $fm->error() and $fm->success() [gordonr 8289]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.1-09]
  - Apply div.success and div.error automatically around the status
    message in print_status_message as long as panels calls
    $self->error() or $self->success() [gordonr 7919]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.1-07]
  - Modified French lexicon to use lang="fr", rename the lexicon
    directory to fr [lijied 6787]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.1-05]
  - Fixed a missing quote, and a subtle circular dependency in lexicon
    loader [markk 7677]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.1-04]
  - Ensure that the fallback_language is in the list of languages back from
    get_languages(). Log one "missing languages" line [gordonr 7677]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.1-03]
  - Override get_languages() to only return languages for which we have 
    lexica [gordonr 6787]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-07]
  - Moved locale-specific date generation code into esmith::FormMagick as
    gen_locale_date_string [markk 3357]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.3.2-02]
  - Add setting of $ENV{'HOME'} to BEGIN in esmith::FormMagick, specifically
    so that mysql can find ~root/.my.cnf. [charlieb 4778]


author: Kirrily Robert <skud@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.3.2-01]
  - Removed now-superfluous nonblank() validation routine (it checked for 
    nopipes as well, but that's now automatic) [skud 3807]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.22-01]
  - Added validate_password method: checks a password using one of cracklib,
    FormMagick validator, or none. [markk 3592]
  - Added localisations for password validation messages [markk 3592]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.18-01]
  - Re-add fix from 0.1.13-01: pass charset option to fm constructor
    [tonyc 3027]
  - Re-add export_to_level line in esmith::formmagick::import
    [tonyc 3027]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.15-01]
  - Moved FormMagick session cookies to /var/cache/e-smith/formmagick/sessions 
  - Added added tmpwatch (daily, >8 hours old) for above directory [gordonr 3213]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.12-01]
  - Again set fallback_language("en-us") [gordonr 3031]
  - fix undefined value bug in FormMagick.pm when no external lexicons exist
    [tonyc]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.10-01]
  - Set fallback_language("en-us") [gordonr 3031]
  - Added optional filename=>"/path/to/script" to new() [gordonr 3155]
  - Added parsing of navigation headers [gordonr 3155]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.10-01]
  - Re-do symlink resolution using knowledge of e-smith hierarchy. The old
    one was ugly and would break in the general case anyway [gordonr #3031]


author: Kirrily Robert <skud@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.6-01]
  - Fixed importing so that esmith::FormMagick exported functions are
    exported all the way out to scripts using subclasses [skud]


author: Kirrily Robert <skud@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.1-01]
  - improved tests (skud)
  - improved documentation (skud)
  - print_button() now exported (skud)
  - security settings are now automatic (skud)


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 0.0.1-24
changelog:
  - Add --no-floppy to the grub --batch calls. Systems with the
    floppy controller enabled but no floppy drive installed "hang"
    in post-upgrade otherwise. [SME: 696]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 0.0.1-22
changelog:
  - Add --no-floppy to grub-install call in grub-install-raid [SME: 151]
  - Don't call grub-install-raid in post-upgrade, only post-install  [SME: 151]
  - Cleaned up old comments in grub-install-raid


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.1-19]
  - Only update default kernel choice in the local event [MN00106104]
  - Update dependency on e-smith-lib to require version of 
    generic_template_expand which sets EVENT in the template hash


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.1-17]
  - Create "update-bootloader" symlink in /sbin/e-smith, for use by add_mirror
    script. Add "Provides: e-smith-bootloader", so that e-smith-base can add
    a generic "Requires:". [SF: 1335937]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.1-16]
  - Expand grub.conf template in post-install and post-upgrade, to correct
    errant hd1,0 references. [SF: 1233029]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.1-15]
  - Fix errant hd1,0 references in /boot/grub/grub.conf. This is just a
    workaround - we should be able to fix anaconda/booty so that they never
    appear. Tidy up UpdateDefault while we are here. [SF: 1233029]
  - Update grub-install-raid so that it runs grub for each disk, with each
    device set as hd0. [SF: 1233029]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.1-13]
  - Add grub-install-raid action to force to install onto a RAID1 set
    [MN00100874, SF: 1233029]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.1-12]
  - Preserve current default setting in grub.conf template if
    none of the available kernels matches the currently running
    kernel. This will allow anaconda SMP detection to determine
    initial boot setting. [MN00097833]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.3-02]
  - s/local_ip/global_ip/ when setting host to type Remote.
    Ensure that Remote hosts don't have local_ip set.
    [SF: 1293449]
  - Add missing "IP_ADDRESS" localisation.
  - Remove vestigial print_global_ip_field() function.
  - Deal gracefully with missing Nameservers property of domains.


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.1-14]
  - Only display the DNS Forwarder message if there are no domains
    set with Nameservers==localhost [SF: 1303422]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.1-11]
  - Avoid double reformatting of old host records, which breaks HostType == self
    records. [SF: 1275450]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.1-10]
  - Remove some remnant ServiceLink code
  - Replace conf-migrate-hosts with some migrate fragments for the host db
  - Restart dnscache during host-{create,delete,modify} events, so that
    cached information on hostnames is purged. [SF: 1243418,1243423]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.1-08]
  - Complete the update to current db access APIs - a few esmith::db and
    esmith::config calls were found hiding. Rewrite conf-hostsdb as simple
    shell script. [SF: 1216546]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.1-07]
  - Greatly simplify delete-hosts, and rename to purge-domain. Purge user@domain
    pseudonyms for deleted domains. [SF: 1193570 (Gordon)]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.1-06]
  - Update to current db access APIs, in readiness for move of dbs to private
    directory. [SF: 1216546 (Shad)]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.1-04]
  - Include Shad's panel changes (publishglobal and formmagick patches)
    from e-smith-hosts-1.13.0-02sme04. [SF: 1234280]
  - Avoid multiple re-openings of config db in panel code.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.1-03]
  - Move all host db manipulation actions to before template
    expansions (in all events, not just bootstrap-console-save).
    [SF: 1234255]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.1-02]
  - Use services2adjust symlink to reconfigure tinydns (tinydns-conf
    is obsolete).
  - Move all host db manipulation actions to before template
    expansions in bootstrap-console-save.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-06]
  - Use generic_template_expand action in place of restart-dhcpd.
    Update e-smith-lib dependency. [MN00064130]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-04]
  - Only check if host exists on create not modify. [MN00065708]
  - Remove stray ServiceLink action symlink. [MN00064757]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-02]
  - Fixing typo that prevented H&A panel from being disabled if a DNS forwarder
    was in use. [msoulier MN00034840]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.12.0-04]
  - Added a check in more_options() to reject the hostname if it's a dup.
    [msoulier dpar-20864]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.12.0-03]
  - Added further validation of the local IP address, to prevent the user using
    the external or internal interface IP, the gateway IP, or the loopback
    interface. [msoulier 8887]
  - Added further validation of a host being added as local, to prevent users
    adding "local" hosts with are not local. [msoulier dpar-20865]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-32]
  - Move force to lowercase to the correct place so we don't just bark
    if upper case hostnames are entered - we squash them to lower case
    before confirming [gordonr 8939]
  - Correct the migrate fragment [gordonr 8939]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-31]
  - Force hostnames to lowercase on h&a panel [gordonr 8939]
  - Sanitise hostsdb for old non-lowercase names (WIP) [gordonr 8939]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-30]
  - Updated delete-hosts to use esmith::HostsDB, and removed redundant bind db
    handling. [msoulier 8809]
  - Updated delete-hosts to scan the entire hostsdb, cross-referencing with the
    domainsdb, and remove any host for a domain that we do not manage.
    [msoulier 8809]
  - Added links to delete-hosts from bootstrap-console-save and
    registration-clear. [msoulier 8809]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-29]
  - Fixed indentation in lexicon files, and changed "Create/modify" to "Create
    or modify" in all lexicon files. [msoulier 8543]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-13]
  - Modified French lexicon to use lang="fr", rename the lexicon
    directory to fr [lijied 6787]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-11]
  - Back out the check for duplicate hosts added at 1.9.0-04 - it prevents
    any modification of existing hostnames. [charlieb 3813]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-08]
  - Remove auto-creation of LocalDomainPrefix on upgrades. An existing
    value will be retained, but the implicit creation of e-smith.
    or mitel-networks. for the local prefix no longer happens. [gordonr 4811]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.8.4-01]
  - Validate that the (root of the) hostname matches [a-z][a-z0-9-]*
    Remove unused open of the ConfigDB [gordonr 3684]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.8.3-01]
  - Delete MACAddress when type is Remote
    Delete RemoteIP when type is Local [gordonr 3684]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.8.2-01]
  - Resolved more confusion with addresses not displaying, naming conventions,
    delete non-essential fields in modification, and stop allowing change of 
    domain during modification. [markk 3684]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.8.1-01]
  - Resolved a lot of confusion about HostType, Visbility, local and 
    remote hosts and global publishing. These were all mixed up.
    TODO: Need to ensure that InternalIP and ExternalIP are deleted when
    changing host types from Remote->Local->Self [gordonr 3684]


author: Kirrily Robert <skud@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.20-01]
  - removed SL-specific service domain stuff, now just calls a routine
    elsewhere [skud 3731]


author: Kirrily Robert <skud@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.17-01]
  - Default all hostentries props to empty string to avoid "odd number of
    elements in hash" warning and mixed up hosts config file. [skud 3684]


author: Kirrily Robert <skud@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.15-01]
  - Fixed hostname/name CGI parameter mixup in hostentries.pm [skud 3684]
  - Fixed ethernet address validation (should be allowed to be blank)


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.8-01]
  - Removed whitespace from nav bar entries. For some reason it resulted
    in another Configuration group. Probably funkiness in the navigation
    routine, but that's for ron. [gordonr 3155]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.2-01]
  - InternalIP & ExternalIPs now translated correctly from 4.1.2 style
    hosts databases by conf-migrate-hosts (2495)
  - Added 'wpad' alias for Windows proxy autodetection - thanks Damien Curtain 
    [gordonr 3073]


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.1-01]
  - Rolling to new version 1.7.1-01, includes all patches up to 1.7.0-01,
    as part of testing that rpm2cvs was successfull


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.6.0-02]
  - Adding 'proxy' to the list of hostnames added to hosts database.
  - Use passed in visibility argument for systemName.FQDN rather than always
    using 'Global'.


author: Tony Clayton <tonyc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-01]
  - rollRPM: Rolled version number to 1.5.0-01. Includes patches up to 1.4.0-05.
  - s/march-networks/mitel-networks/ in conf-migrate-hosts


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-57]
  - Update conf-migrate-hosts to change default LocalDomainPrefix value from
    e-smith. to march-networks.


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-50]
  - Update to hostentries panel to include a message about static
    host entries and why they are non-modifiable


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-49]
  - Update to create-default-hosts to create a new host for SystemName
    with property static=yes
  - Update to hostentries panel to not allow modifications for hosts
    that have the property static=yes


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-46]
  - Similar updates for createSelf(), createLocal(), createRemote(), modifyHost()
    as were done in 1.3.0-45.


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-45]
  - Updates to the showInitial() subroutine in the hostentries panel to have
    better formatted warnings


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-44]
  - Updates to createSelfHost, createLocalHost, createRemoteHost, modifyHost
    subroutines inside the hostentries panel to show marketing information


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-37]
  - Changes various templates and web panels to check for publishDomain
  	- hostentries web panel
  	- conf-migrate-hosts action
  	- conf-service-name action


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-36]
  - Added an optional parameter to create-default-hosts to allow one to make
    all the default hosts Globally published [i.e. service domain name]


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-35]
  - Reorganization of createlinks
  - Added action delete-hosts which is symlinked into domain-delete
    to automatically delete the host values for a particular domain


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-34]
  - Re-added symlink for console-save -> conf-hostsdb as it would
    be required in the event that a domain is changed in the console
    configuration


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-32]
  - Changed showInitial() subroutine in hostentries panel to use the
    LocalDomainPrefix if one is set instead of DomainName
  - Changed the ordering of genDomainMenu() subroutine in hostentries so that
    the list of domains in the system appears as:
  	- Primary domain (with LocalDomainPrefix if applicable)
  	- Service domain
  	- Sorted i-bays


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-30]
  - Removed conf-hostsdb from console-save and host-delete events as it is not
    necessary
  - Added new action create-default-hosts (linked to domain-create event) which
    takes the passed $domainName value and generates default hosts for that domain
  - Changed conf-hostsdb to call create-default-hosts action passing it the
    primary domain


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-29]
  - Cleaned up the Cgi code that displays the table of hosts (hostentries panel)
    so that it would properly display in lynx


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-28]
  - Fixed up /etc/dhcpd.conf/60StaticEntries so that it also checks that
    MACAddress and LocalIP are defined AND not equal to ''


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-27]
  - More panel text corrections
  - Removed the autogeneration of hostname e-smith-manager.$DomainName as it
    won't work as expected anyways (needs an apache configuration to pass it
    on to the port 980)


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-26]
  - More panel updates for textual content as well as some more cleanup of
    deprecated modules


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-24]
  - Panel updates for textual content for showInitial(), createSelfHost(),
    createLocalHost(), createRemoteHost()
  - Cleanup of several deprecated modules


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-23]
  - changes to the layout of the manager text for the various panels
    of createSelfHost(), createLocalHost(), createRemoteHost() and modifyHost()
  - changes to the display of some of the panels


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-21]
  - Made a generic modifyHostEntry() function that is meant for all three host
    types and includes a drop-down to choose that type.
  - Added 'FIXME' comments to locations that need to be removed


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-20]
  - Removed conf-hostsdb and conf-migrate-hosts out of post-install/post-upgrade
    as this is a duplicated action set (bootstrap-console-save) which shouldn't
    need to occur


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-19]
  - Changed conf-hostsdb and conf-migrate-hosts to not generate serviceDomain
    entries if configuration value for ServiceDomain = '' (default on install)


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-18]
  - Added in the host-create and host-modify events to each of the performCreate()
    and performModify() sections so that named is updated with the new information


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-17]
  - Merged the working prototype webpanel into the normal hostentries panel
    (still keeping the old create/modify/delete scripts for reference)
  - Made stipulation to show hostname/addresses for the serviceDomainName
    if defined and not equal to '' (default on an installation)


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-16]
  - Changed conf-migrate-hosts to be operation 06 in post-install/post-upgrade
    as it caused a failed dependency for 05init-accounts which MUST come first


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-15]
  - Added $ServiceDomainName to the list of domains for both
    conf-hostsdb and conf-migrate-hosts scripts


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-14]
  - added a new conf-migrate-hosts script to be included in
    post-install/post-upgrade (05) to migrate existing hosts to the new format
    as well as to check for special hosts being defined for all domains
    [note: this doesn't include service domain just yet]
  - changed the meaning of conf-hostsdb for the default domains that it generates
  - changed the panel to start using /home/e-smith/hosts instead of
    /home/e-smith/service_hosts (test centre)


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-12]
  - created user interface for modifySelfHostEntry(), modifyLocalHostEntry(),
    and modifyRemoteHostEntry()


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-11]
  - prepared modify{$HostType}HostEntry and performModify{$HostType}Modify
    for actual content


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-09]
  - Updated performCreateSelfHostEntry() to do a check for a valid domain
    name first, and rearranged order of variable declarations
  - Completed the logic for performCreateLocalHostEntry()


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-07]
  - Created the interfaces for create self/local/remote
  - Implemented performCreateSelfHostEntry() and prepared
    the logic for performCreateLocalHostEntry() and
    performCreateRemoteHostEntry() to occur
  - Changed REGEX for HostName to not allow periods at all
  - Added genDomain() subroutine to generate a list of domains
    to create host for.


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-06]
  - Further prepared the links for create/modify/remove to include the
    relevant host information and the appropriate subroutines to handle
    them [minus the handling portions]


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-04]
  - Added ability to store each service_host db value into a two-tiered hash
    which is then used to provide the host name values into the table structure
    previously layed out in the panel.
  - Added code to show a 'No hosts for this domain' message if no hosts exist


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-03]
  - Updated the new panel (service_hosts) to read from /home/e-smith/service_hosts
    and changed to reflect the new layout of host entries per domain on the system
    by providing menus only


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-14]
  - Changed descriptive text for hosts and addresses panel to emphasize
    don't do anything unless you know what you're doing


author: Paul Nesbit <pkn@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-11]
  - If $MACAddress isn't defined, set it to " " for display.  This fixes
    "Use of uninitialised..." warnings in admin_error_log.


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-6]
  - updated createlinks to include conf-hostsdb in the post-install and
    post-upgrade events


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-4]
  - Actions may well be named dhcpd, but they shouldn't be here - they're
    duplicated in e-smith-base :-)


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Branched to 1.1.0 for 4.1/7.0 release.
  - Modified conf-dhcpd to look in /var/lib instead of /var/state


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Put minor version numbers into patch file
  - Changed test on web interface
  - Modified conf-hostsdb to work for any event (including host-delete)


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Renamed from e-smith-named-conf to e-smith-hosts
  - Rewritten to use hosts database
  - /var/named template changes moved to e-smith-named


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.3-03]
  - Allow per-ibay override for PHP register_globals setting. To enable:
    /sbin/e-smith/db accounts setprop <ibay> PHPRegisterGlobals enabled
    Thanks John Bennett [SF: 1328236]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.1-14]
  - Add dependency on e-smith-formmagick >= 1.3.0-10
  - Fix default plugin display [SF: 1271745,1263740]
  - Clean up, add POD to IbayPlugin modules [SF: 1263740]
  - Support versioning of plugins, do version checks in ibay panel


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.1-12]
  - Fix missing "use esmith::util" in ibay plugin lib. [SF: 1265684]
  - Don't display ibay Plugin choice if "none" is the only choice. [SF: 1263740]


author: Shad Lords <slords@mail.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.1-10]
  - Remove 90e-smithAccess10common (belongs in e-smith-apache)
  - Move some ibay options to database


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.1-08]
  - Update all uses of deprecated esmith::config and db_ APIs.
  - Rewrite ibay-delete action in shell.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.1-07]
  - Fix untaint RE. [charlieb MN00050161]
  - Fix "will not stay shared" warnings in IbayPlugin/none.pm


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.1-05]
  - Updated requires with new perl dependencies. [msoulier MN00040240]
  - Clean BuildRequires. [charlieb MN00043055]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.1-03]
  - Updating default repair method to set CGIs as executable if enabled.
    [msoulier 7475]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.1-02]
  - Fix processTemplate call in IbayPlugin::none [tonyc 9924]
  - Merge ibay-conf-plugin into ibay-modify action [tonyc 9924]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-02]
  - Adding 6.0 styling to ibay panel. [msoulier 10415]
  - Converted createlinks to new api.
  - Add IbayPlugin stuff [tonyc 9924]
  - Add dependency on perl-CGI-FormMagick >= 0.91-04 [tonyc 9924]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-01]
  - Changing version to development stream number - 1.1.0
  - Rolling to development stream [tonyc 9924]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.0.3-05]
  - Fixed the content ibay showing up in the ibay list of the primary domain's
    virtual host block. [msoulier 9649]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.0.3-04]
  - Correcting the previous revision, and limiting ibay access as sub-urls to
    the primary domain only. [msoulier 9649]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.0.3-03]
  - Unify ibay handling, since 15PrimaryContent is now obsolete, and changing
    the primary domain's content was breaking access to ibays. [msoulier 9649]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.0.3-02]
  - Fix path of created starter website index file (don't rely on symlink
    which "should" point to correct place). [charlieb 9241]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.0.1-01]
  - Fix typo in createlinks script. Rolling version of package
    to correct build problem. [charlieb 8841]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.0.0-02]
  - Add some code from init-accounts action which depends on
    /home/e-smith/files/ibays directory, which isn't included
    in base. New action is init-ibays. [charlieb 8841]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.3.1-17
changelog:
  - Add default initializers for imap & imaps db records. [SME: 561]
  - Add db driven global and per IP concurrency controls. [SME: 884]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.1-13]
  - Ensure that ./peers/0 is only readable if "access" is set to
    "public". This change allows a "localhost" setting to do the
    right thing. [SF: 1294719]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.1-08]
  - Run ./control/1 from run script, to ensure that ACLs
    are set at startup. Don't bother with sigusr1 at
    bootstrap-console-save, as it will be ignored.
  - Fix imap folder relocations.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.1-06]
  - Use imap sigusr1 handler script to update network ACLs
    for both imap and imaps.
  - Be more careful about permissions for copied pem cert.
  - Remove dead imap-conf symlinks.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.1-05]
  - Remove imapd.pem templates, and just copy system pem file, via
    sigusr1 handler script.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.1-03]
  - Use generic_template_expand action where possible, in place
    of specific actions. Update e-smith-lib dependency. [MN00064130]
  - Convert from tcpserver to tcpsvd for imap service. Manage
    network ACLs and daemon environment using peers directory.
  - Update maildir relocate script to use standard dovecot
    hierarchy separator ('.').


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.1-02]
  - Fix spelling in IMAP_CAPABILITY setting. [MN00040881]
  - Create imapd.pem via template expansion, and merge into
    imap-conf action.
  - Add db default values for imaps service - to come later.
  - Clean up genfilelist call - remove sed invocation.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-05]
  - Fix quoting in IMAP_CAPABILITIES setting, and clean env before
    running envdir from run script. [MN00040881]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-02]
  - Provide new backend imap script so that setting of imapdpath in
    environment by tcpserver is effective. [MN00029842, MN00033394]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-02]
  - Move setup of cvm environment variables into CDB file. Saves
    execution of envdir, and allows customisation per IP address.
    [charlieb 10960]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.5-07]
  - Template /etc/dovecot.conf and runenv/* dovecot environment setup files.
    Rename conf-imap-tcprules to conf-imap to cover additional template
    expansions.  [charlieb 587]
  - Increase default ulimit setting to 128MB. [charlieb 9113]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.5-06]
  - Update tcpserver's cdb file in email-update and remoteaccess-update.
    [charlieb 9068]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.5-05]
  - Use create-system-user to create imaplog user. Add Requires header to ensure
    that %pre script can run. [charlieb 6033]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.5-04]
  - Fix %pre script so that uid other than expected generates warning,
    but install proceeds. [charlieb 6033]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.5-03]
  - Do maildir relocation in two steps, first move top level folders into
    ~/Mail, then do depthwise move and rename into Maildir. Much faster too.
    [charlieb 8273]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.5-02]
  - Redo maildir relocation to account for leading ;. [charlieb 8272]
  - Rewrite subscription files contents, to change hierarchy separator, and to
    omit leading Mail/. [charlieb 8272]
  - For now, do not relocate ~admin maildirs - we need to work out how to avoid walking
    all of /home/e-smith/files. [charlieb 8273]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.4-01]
  - Updated Summary to reflect actual contents [markk 8272]
  - Fixed file list generation to include all files [markk 8272]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.3-01]
  - Break runenv into runenv and imapfront.env - we don't need export
    this way. [charlieb 8281]
  - Make sure that PRNG file is initialisedbefore we run tcpserver.
    [charlieb 8281]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-15]
  - Ensure that runenv environment is exported (we should break this
    into exportenv and runenv). [charlieb 8281]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-14]
  - Remove %post creation of SSL PRNG seed file, and change filelist
    from %ghost to %config(noreplace). [charlieb 8281]
  - Setup SASL evvironment for imap run file via runenv directory.
    Allow override of imap path from runenv. [charlieb 587]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-12]
  - Fix chown => chmod typo. [charlieb 8281]
  - Move .mailboxlist files to Maildir/.subscriptions. [charlieb 8274]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-11]
  - Fix permissions problem in imapd certificate file. [charlieb 8281]
  - Add maildir relocate script (from e-smith-email) and rewrite it
    to provide new locations compatible with dovecot. [charlieb 8273]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-10]
  - Remove email-relocate-maildirs script - it lives in e-smith-email, and
    we haven't modified it yet. [charlieb 587]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-09]
  - Remove "-D debug" from stunnel args in imap/run - we can't have
    passwords logged in plaintext. [charlieb 587]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-07]
  - Create imapd.pem certificate in the place where it is required. Add
    rc7.d startup script so that imap runs on startup. [charlieb 587]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-06]
  - Fix tcpserver CDB file name. [charlieb 587]
  - Ansure that stunnel user is created in %pre. [charlieb 587]
  - Allow various settings for run script to be set from
    an envdir, including imap daemon executable path. [charlieb 587]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-05]
  - Fix spec file to generate filelist from repository (where possible).
    [charlieb 687]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-02]
  - Add dependency on e-smith-cvm-unix-local - which itself depends
    on cvm. [charlieb 587]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-01]
  - Add PEM certificate create/update action. Add tcprules update action.
    [charlieb 587]
  - Add Obsoletes headers to force removal of e-smith-wu-imap and imap RPMs.
    Add dependency on dovecot RPM. [charlieb 587]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 4.12.0-6
changelog:
  - Don't tell slapd to create pid and args files that we don't need
    and don't use (and can't create with later openldap version).
    [SME: 2477]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.3-02]
  - Work around slapd's failure to accept 'objectClass: group' (in spite
    of schema checking being disabled). [SF: 1362868]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.1-16]
  - Move masq fragement from template to db [SF: 1241415]
  - Remove all use of deprecated esmith::config API.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.1-13]
  - Drop back to simple schema, and 6.x version of ldap-update script.
    More thought needed about how to extend the schema and how to handle
    property deletions.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.1-12]
  - Remove full restart of apache from panel, and add sigusr1 to ldap-update
    event handling.
  - Update ldif file templates and ldap-update script to fill out the schema
    a little, to remove bogus adding of user attribute to group entries, and
    to allow removal of properties which have been nulled out.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.1-10]
  - Remove explicit generic_template_expand symlink in ldap-update
    event - not required.
  - Create "finish" script to do ldif file dump on shutdown.
  - Add templates for ldif file used during ldap rebuild.
  - Handle latin->utf8 conversion in ldif templates.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.1-07]
  - Remove ldap-delete-dumps from post-backup event. It leaves ldap
    stopped and with no directory contents. [MN00025069]
  - Added ldap-delete-dumps to post-backup to prevent potential ldap database
    clobbering on post-upgrade. [msoulier MN00025069]
  - Update e-smith-devtools BuildRequires, and createlinks script.
    [MN00064130]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.1-06]
  - Use generic_template_expand action where possible, in place
    of specific actions. Update e-smith-lib dependency. [MN00064130]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.1-05]
  - Create missing /service symlink, and add down file to service
    directory to control startup sequence. [charlieb MN00062133]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.1-03]
  - Include redhat/rfc822-MailMember.schema specification from earlier
    RedHat openldap packages (missing in RHEL3). [charlieb MN00056724]
  - Remove deprecated ldap-startup script. Add ldap service default fragments
    and a migrate fragment to initialize the password. [charlieb MN00056726]
  - Remove obsolete conf-migrate-ldap-variables action [charlieb MN00056733]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.1-01]
  - Updated createlinks.
  - Added ldap-delete-dumps to post-backup to prevent potential ldap database
    clobbering on post-upgrade. [msoulier MN00025069]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.0-11]
  - Modified French translation [lijied 7949]
  - Modified ldap-dump to take its domainname from /etc/openldap/ldap.conf, and
    be aware of domainname changes. [msoulier 6747]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.0-09]
  - Modified French lexicon to use lang="fr", rename the lexicon
    directory to fr [lijied 6787]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.0-03]
  - s/HostsAllowSpec/hosts_allow_spec/ [charlieb 5650]
  - Remodified the lexicon file  [lijied 5003]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.0-02]
  - Added French lexicon for directory [lijied 5003]
  - Re-do hosts.allow template to use esmith::ConfigDB::HostsAllowSpec.
    Add dependency on up-to-date e-smith-lib. [charlieb 5650]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.7.6-14]
  - Override the default backgrounding of ldap restart in 
    gentle-ldap-dump action [charlieb 2745]
  - Remove deprecated serviceControl enable/disable calls from
    ldap-startup [charlieb 4458]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.7.6-06]
  - Create new gentle-ldap-dump action, and include it in pre-backup
    event. [charlieb 2745]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.7.6-05]
  - Revert ldap-dump to slapcat version, and remove symlinks from all
    actions. The ldap init script is being modified to call ldap-dump
    after slapd shutdown. [charlieb 4739]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.7.6-04]
  - Rewrite ldap-dump to use Net::LDAP::LDIF so that it reads data from
    ldap daemon rather than directly from ldap db files. [charlieb 4057]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.7.6-02]
  - Change ldap-rebuild to build directory using LDIF dump if found,
    and new data otherwise.  [charlieb 4057]
  - Re-write ldap-update and ldap-rebuild to use OO db accesses,
    for clarity.  [charlieb 4057]
  - Dump LDAP directory every time we change it. [charlieb 4057]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.7.5-01]
  - Remove unnecessary actions: ldap-rebuild from console-save event and
    ldap-conf from ldap-update event. [charlieb 4057]
  - Change ldap-update action so that when run during the ldap-update
    event it iterates through user and group accounts and updates records
    with current values. Link ldap-update action into ldap-update event
    in place of ldap-rebuild action. [charlieb 4057]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.7.4-01]
  - Use new adjust-masq action rather than restart-masq during ldap-update.
    [charlieb 4501]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.7.3-01]
  - Add rc7.d symlink and don't set deprecated InitscriptsOrder property
    [charlieb 4458]
  - Change use of allow_tcp_in() function to allow dynamic reconfig.
    [charlieb 4501]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.7.2-01]
  - Change inbound rule to use allow_tcp_in() function. The
    function actually implements connection tracking. [charlieb 4499]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.5.8-01]
  - Remove /etc/e-smith/tests/.dummy. Make empty /etc/e-smith/tests in %build
  LANG=C
  export LANG
  unset DISPLAY
  .
    [charlieb 3343]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.5.6-01]
  - Added header and footer to page [gordonr 3223]
  - Added nav bar entries to lexicon [gordonr 3155]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.4.0-08]
  - Fix code which adds the "ldap" user - it was trying to use "ldap" as
    a supplementary group (using -G) rather than as initial group (-g).
  - Remove two $! from warn statements as they are won't contain useful
    information.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.4.0-06]
  - Fix regeneration of ldap password every time slapd.conf was
    re-expanded. See Bugzilla #1966 for details.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.4.0-03]
  - Add restart-httpd-full call to end of web panel, after
    user confirmation of update has been sent.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.3.1-05]
  - Use Net::LDAP module in ldap-delete and ldap-update. Something broke
    in the ldap{add,modify,delete} versions of the scripts, and it's easy
    to debug, and probably more efficient to just write to the perl API.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.3.1-04]
  - Change uid/gid before execing slapadd, so that created db files have
    correct ownership
  - Reformat ldap-rebuild to fit in 80 columns.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.3.1-03]
  - Use slapadd instead of ldif2ldbm program for ldap-rebuild. Use pipe
    rather than temp file.
  - Re-add "schemacheck off" to slapd.conf - we don't pass the strict
    checking which is recommended.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.3.1-02]
  - openldap v2 changes - change ownership of slapd.conf, use different
    bundled schema files, and add indexes.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.3.0-07]
  - Break slapd.conf template into fragments, and include in-line
    at.conf and co.conf fragements, rather than use include feature.
    This is to make configuration stable across versions of openldap.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.2.0-01]
  - Added packet filter fragment to selectively allow external LDAP access
  - Linked conf- and restart-masq actions into update-ldap event


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.1.0-16]
  - Remove ldap-conf from post-upgrade action (it was occuring before
    ldap-startup, which caused a problem).
  - Delete obsolete post-restore action.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.1.0-13]
  - Fix perl warning in migrate variables script - simplify a chunk of code
    while doing it.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.1.0-12]
  - Add genLdapPassword to ldap-startup - it somehow has been lost and never
    happens.
  - Remove ldap-startup from console-save
  - Add ldap-startup to post-restore action
  - Add new bootstrap-console-save event
  - Change demo phone number from 999... to 555.... to save UK emergency
    services


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.1.0-11]
  - updated ldap-startup to set the defaults on a fresh
    installation
  - undid some bad changes to the conf-migrate-ldap-variables
    script


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.1.0-5] through [4.1.0-9]
  - changed directory web panel to read from new configuration
    database parameters
  - updated action scripts to take into account the new ldap
    database parameters
  - added conf-migrate-ldap-variables as a new action in
    both post-upgrade and post-restore


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.1.0-4]
  - updated copyright and fixed directory panel error in
    not checking prototypes for subroutines


author: Tony Clayton <tonyc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.1.0-2]
  - upgraded ldap-rebuild action to conform to new processTemplate
  - created dependency on e-smith-lib-4.1.0-13


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Fix some old bugs in event scripts - esmith::db was not in use
    list.
  - Replace db_get_type calls with db_get_prop
  - Re-write ldap hosts.allow template.
  - Remove duplicate my $status in ldap-rebuild.


author: Adrian Chung <adrian.chung@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Update web/functions/directory script to pass merged
    confServicesCombined hash to esmith::cgi::gen...
    functions.


author: Jason Miller <jay@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - %post event for enabling ldap service automatically
    (no more post-install code required)
  - dependencies on e-smith-lib > 0.1-21
  - only expand templates if ldapd enabled
  - only add to hosts.allow if ldapd enabled
  - enable/disable service dependant on services database


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Added build dependency on e-smith-devtools, and dependency on
    e-smith-lib. Generate file list with genfilelist.


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com> 1.18.0-27
changelog:
  - Make dialog not use STDERR for return values [SME: 3663]
  - Remove requires for whiptail.  No longer needed [SME: 4491]


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com> 1.18.0-26
changelog:
  - Make binmode properties of db class [SME: 4317]
  - Add new navigation db & utf8 classes [SME: 4317]


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com> 1.18.0-25
changelog:
  - Add .utf8 to locale unless server-console [SME: 4162]
  - Add new languages to langtag2locale [SME: 4163]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.18.0-17
changelog:
  - Remove undocumented and unused template metadata handling from
    generic_template_expand action (Take II). [SME: 2798]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.18.0-12
changelog:
  - Remove undocumented and unused template metadata handling from
    generic_template_expand action. [SME: 2798]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.18.0-11
changelog:
  - Split logfile rotation code out of generic_template_expand.
    Code moved to a new action in e-smith-base. [SME: 2795]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.18.0-10
changelog:
  Don't try to read template.metadata from subdirectories (affects 
    initialize_database_defaults). [SME: 2690]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.18.0-9
changelog:
  - Allow template.metadata to be provided via a directory of
    small files. [SME: 2690]
  - Add support for a DELETE boolean template.metadata item. [SME: 2691]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.15.3-41
changelog:
  - Reworded text for template-begin and change URL to /development/
    rather than /custom/ [SME: 773]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com> 1.15.3-34
changelog:
  - Remove running of kudzu during NIC probing. TODO: Find a solution
    to system reconfiguration when new hardware is added. [SME: 192]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com> 1.15.3-33
changelog:
  - Fold a.b.c.d/255.255.255.255 to a.b.c.d in local_access_spec() to
    work around bugs in applications which don't accept such specs.
    [SME: 430]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.15.3-32
changelog:
  - Check whether an accounts db record exists before trying to create
    the dot and underscore pseudonyms (new_record will fail silently)
    and check that the records are pseudonyms before deleting them [SME: 24]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.15.3-28
changelog:
  - If db exists in both the old and new locations in 
    initialize_default_databases, rename the one in the new 
    location to db.time(), avoiding the conflict and saving the 
    evidence in case it is needed later [SME: 229]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.3-21]
  - Allow services2adjust directories to contain files rather than just dangling
    symlinks. Files can contain more than one actions to perform. [SF: 1270644]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.3-19]
  - Fix restart of enabled supervised services which we are attempting to stop.
    [SF: 1357629]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.3-18]
  - Set default for $type in esmith::cgi::genSmallCell, to prevent some log
    noise. [SF: 1357830]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.3-13]
  - Build driver list from .ko files as well as .o files. Untaint driver
    names while building list. [SF: 1323270]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.3-12]
  - Fix "defaults" handling so that values which evaluate to false are
    not overridden by default. [SF: 1303885]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.3-10]
  - Provide networks method in esmith::NetworksDB. [SF: 1296099]
  - Support a "localhost" configuration in esmith::tcpsvd:configure_peers
    [SF: 1294719]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.3-09]
  - Remove deprecated functions from esmith::utils. [SF: 1295851]
  - Include only "network" records in local_access_spec. [SF: 1296099]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.3-02]
  - Move databases default location from /home/e-smith to /home/e-smith/db.
    During esmith::utils::initialize_default_databases, move from old to new
    location before doing db migrate actions. [SF: 1216546]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.2-03]
  - Fixed misleading comment in util.pm
  - Added 'use' statements in Record classes for SOAP compatibility
  - Fixed undefined max_len warning
  - Added explicit writeconf calls in db::Record.pm, needed for setting props
    via SOAP


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.2-02]
  - Allow db open API to use default path if a simple filename
    is provided as arg. This is preparation for move of dbs to
    /home/e-smith/db. Patch by Shad Lords.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-43]
  - Ensure that esmith::util::LdapPassword returns bare string without
    newline terminator.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-42]
  - Remove .rpmsave and .rpmnew symlinks (as well as files). [SF: 1217969]
  - Handle missing description in pcitables entries.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-40]
  - Add preinstall scripting to create required accounts/groups if they
    don't already exist. [SF: 1210723]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-39]
  - Show Text::Template error text rather than inappropriate $! if template
    expansion fails.
  - Change error to warning if a config item is set with an empty "type"
    property.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-37]
  - Update directory list so that ethernet drivers from kernel-unsupported are
    added to "choose by driver" list.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-36]
  - Rework esmith::tcpsvd::configure_peers so that it doesn't chdir.
  - Fix generic_template_expand so that templates.metadata doesn't
    need to set OUTPUT_FILENAME is TEMPLATE_PATH is changed. This
    matches what expand-template already does.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-35]
  - Change numerous calls to "croak" in esmith::template
    to "carp ...; return", so that problem with any single
    template expansion doesn't terminate calling program.
    [MN00075009]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-31]
  - Remove pseudonyms of pseudonyms when removing user
    accounts. Adapted from patch submitted by Shad. [MN00039941]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-29]
  - Fix bug in output to empty file when FILTER is used
    during template expansion. [charlieb MN00050075]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-28]
  - Refresh contents of /etc/sysconfig/hwconf before listing
    network adaptors [MN00069993]
  - Fix typo in documentation of esmith::DB::db - reported from Tanna -
    http://www.livejournal.com/users/gcrumb/61169.html (thanks Dan!)


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-25]
  - Update perms and ownership when expanding templates, regardless of
    whether file content has changed or not. [MN00068043]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-24]
  - Fix the insertion of implicit actions into sorted action list in
    event.pm. Problem was perl syntax ambiguity.  [MN00066406]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-22]
  - Move /home/e-smith/* to e-smith-base. [MN00066635]
  - Move generic-template expand to S05 position in sort, and
    adjust-service to S90. Fix run-time error. [MN00066406]
  - Don't attempt to execute non-executable action scripts.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-21]
  - Implicitly include template expand and services adjust actions
    in each event if the respective metadata directory exists.
    [MN00066406]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-20]
  - Add "adjust" to list of verbs which serviceControl groks,
    to allow for "masq adjust". [MN00065576]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-18]
  - Fix typo. [MN00064412]
  - Improve die() message in esmith::config::STORE. [MN00064394]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-17]
  - Fix broken logging (and reduce logging) in initialize_default_databases.
    [MN00064412]
  - Fix inappropriate use of global $_ in initialize_default_databases.
    [MN00064415]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-16]
  - Read templated file metadata (if any) from file tree under 
    /etc/e-smith/templates.metadata. Update expand-template to
    use current API. [MN00061830]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-14]
  - Fix Authen::PAM dependency header [charlieb MN00040240]
  - Use kudzu's generated /etc/sysconfig/hwconf file for NIC detection
    [charlieb MN00056220]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-13]
  - Updated esmith::ethernet's search code to remove File::Find, as it doesn't
    get along with taint checking. [msoulier MN00052510]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-12]
  - Updated esmith::ethernet's search code such that is it more adaptable, and
    recurses the directories given. [msoulier MN00052510]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-11]
  - Updated esmith::ethernet's search paths for network drivers.
    [msoulier MN00052510]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-09]
  - Updated requires with new perl dependencies. [msoulier MN00040240]
  - Remove "AutoReqProv: no" so that "Provides" headers are auto-generated.
    [charlieb MN00040240]
  - Remove anachronistic "require v5.6.0" directives. [charlieb MN00050370]
  - Avoid use of Filter::Handle in esmith::template. [charlieb MN00050075]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-20]
  - Moved error handling from esmith::DB::db to esmith::DB, since it should not
    be database implementation specific. [msoulier MN00035059]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-19]
  - Propagated migration failures up to calling code for reporting to syslog.
  - Propagated creation failures up to calling code. 
  - Moved lexicon $Error in esmith::DB::db to a class property so it can be used
    by subclasses. [msoulier MN00035059]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-17]
  - Added print statements to initialize-default-databases for post-install
    debugging. [msoulier MN00035059]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-14]
  - Greatly simplified the _mysystem function by ripping out open3.
    [msoulier dpar-20385]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-13]
  - Backed-out change in esmith::util, as it's non-trivial there with the exec.
    Completed update of esmith::event, and separated the esmith::Logger class.
    [msoulier dpar-20385]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-12]
  - Removed use of the logger entirely, replacing it with an abstracted
    interface to the Sys::Syslog module. [msoulier dpar-20385]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-11]
  - Fixed esmith::util::network::isValidIP() so valid IP substrings no longer
    return true values. [msoulier 9308]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-10]
  - Added a check in STORE in esmith::config for invalid attempts to set a value
    without a type. Also escalated previous warnings for undef key and value to
    fatal exceptions. [msoulier 7386]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-09]
  - Now trimming whitespace around keys and values during esmith::config STORE
    events, to prevent invalid keys and values from being saved. [msoulier 7021]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-04]
  - Fixed AccountsDB.pm to handle group names with hyphens and periods, to match
    the error message in the groups panel, and the rest of the group/user
    behaviour. [msoulier 10236]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-03]
  - Skip any directries when iterating over action scripts in esmith::event.
    Add logfile timestamp symlinking to generic_template_expand action.
    Use templates2expand and logfiles2timestamp subdirectories of the event
    directory. Fix shebang line. [charlieb 10035]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.3.0-03]
  - Fix db/signal-event completion algorithms
  - Optimize expand-template completion algorithm


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 0.40-1.10.sme
changelog:
  - Fix resolvable_fromhost bug where one or more MX records points
    to unreachable hosts. [SME: 4403]


author: <hjp@hjp.at> 0.40-0.2
changelog:
  - unset environment variables which are normally tainted in perl.
  - updated to 0.40rc1
  - added dependency on Net::IP (needed by some plugins)


author: <hjp@hjp.at> 0.33-0.3
changelog:
  - also unset LANG, LC_ALL and LC_TIME in startup script to prevent
    locale specific Received headers (bug reported by Dominik Meyer)


author: <hjp@hjp.at> 0.33-0.1
changelog:
  - Start forkserver via "daemon" (Gavin Carr)
  - Fixed 'service qpsmtpd-forkserver status' (Gavin Carr)
  - Changed policy for config files to noreplace (Gavin Carr)


author: <hjp@hjp.at> 0.33-0.0
changelog:
  - Upgraded to current snapshot from 0.3x branch (which should become
    0.33 soon-ish)
  - included xinetd-support again.


author: <hjp@hjp.at> 0.32-2
changelog:
  - fix dnsbl to check whether answer fits query.
  - randomize Net::DNS ids for qpsmtpd-forkserver child processes.


author: <hjp@hjp.at> 0.31.1-3
changelog:
  - Use ${SOURCE*} macros to refer to source files
  - Avoid invoking rpm and other cleanup in %pre section
  - Invoke chkconfig in %post.
  - (Thanks to Josko Plazonic for the reporting these problems and
    suggesting fixes)


author: <hjp@hjp.at> 0.31.1-2
changelog:
  - Revision 170 of plugins/loggin/file_connection:
    Return DECLINED from open_log.
    Open log in write_log if it isn't already open.


author: <hjp@hjp.at> 0.31.1-1
changelog:
  - Commented out queue plugins from sample config
  - Added dependencies
  - Create smtpd user if it doesn't exist
  - Added /var/log/qpsmtpd and /var/spool/qpsmtpd


author: <hjp@hjp.at>
changelog:
  - Added file_connection plugin
  - Startup file for qpsmtpd-forkserver now uses --detach and assumes that
    a suitable logging module is configured (file_connection by default)


author: <hjp@hjp.at> 0.31-8
changelog:
  - New upstream 0.31rc3.
  - pre-connection patch slightly simplified since upstream fixed one of
    the bugs.


author: <hjp@hjp.at> 0.31-5
changelog:
  - include only /etc/init.d/qpsmtpd-forkserver, not /etc/init.d
    it conflicts with old initscripts packages.


author: <hjp@hjp.at> 0.31-1
changelog:
  - merged with 0.31. Most of my patches are now in the official release.
  - merged Gavin's per-user-config patch with my dirs patch, since the
    latter needs a way to turn off logging.
  - added /etc/qpsmtpd/plugin_dir to package.


author: <hjp@hjp.at>
changelog:
  - avoid installing patch backup files
  - split Apache::Qpsmtpd into separate package to avoid dependency hell.
  - fixed URL
  - changed group to Daemons.
  - Fixed installation for newer versions of ExtUtils::MakeMaker


author: <hjp@hjp.at> 0.29-2
changelog:
  - added QPSMTPD_CONFIG env variable and plugin_dir config.
  - added supplemental groups and support for pid file
  - added shared_connect hook
  - changed log level for SMTP dialog from DEBUG to INFO


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com> 1.14.0-17
changelog:
  - No longer remove navigation dbs. [SME: 4147]
  - Deal a little more gracefully with non UTF-8 lexicons [SME: 4229]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.11.0-13
changelog:
  - Changed the static CSS files into directory templates, which are
    expanded in bootstrap-console-save [SME: 408]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-05]
  - Added the sme_panel_menu.css file, for tabbed menu support. Added a link to
    it in the standard header.
    [msoulier MN00030141]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-03]
  - Added vertical-align: text-top; to td.sme-noborders-label to ensure that
    text is aligned vertically at the top of the cell. [msoulier dpar-22042]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-02]
  - Check that files are executable before listing in the
    manager navigation frame. [charlieb 9197]
  - s/Copyright/License/.


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.5-15]
  - Removed borders around "warning" cells so they don't look like
    they are bleeding on some browsers (e.g. Mozilla) [gordonr 8127]


author: Mike Dickson <miked@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.5-08]
  - changed class for sme-noborders-label to width=33% rather than
    a fixed 250px wide, due to limitations in IE6 [miked 7676]
  - added class "sectionbar" for use [miked]
  - modified "td.noborders-label" colour [miked]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.5-04]
  - Move navigation dbs to /home/e-smith/db/navigation. We shouldn't generate
    them in /etc/e-smith/locale and we should name them by language, in case
    we share lexicons (e.g. fr/fr-ca) [gordonr 7733]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.3-13]
  - Made use of esmith::I18N in navigation-conf. Renamed locale->lang
    to make it more obvious that we are dealing with a langtag [gordonr 5212]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.3-08]
  - Generate navigation.info files (config db format) for each supported 
    language in /etc/e-smith/locale/{language}/etc/e-smith/web/functions
  - Read the navigation.info file for the preferred language when 
    displaying the navigation bar 
  - TODO: Actually select the correct navigation.info file [gordonr 5493]


author: Mike Dickson <miked@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.3-06]
  - updates and comments in the CSS files [miked 3185]
  - commented out the two links in the header that are not ready yet
    (log out and update available) [miked 5967 and 492]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.1-02]
  - templated header.htm [miked 5826]
  - modified header.htm template to link to online-manual and blades 
    [gordonr 5826]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.1-01]
  - Move admin apache SSL mutex and SSL session cache to files named admin_xxx
    to avoid name clash with main server. [charlieb 3830]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.8-01]
  - Remove unnecessary <p> tags in navigation html [tonyc 3377]
  - Fix navigation panel to not import symbols from fm subclasses 
    [tonyc 3109]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.3-01]
  - Back out gettext() calls - esmith::FormMagic was Croaking on
    bad lexicons for old panels. Now properly localises the navigation
    bar if the localisations exist [gordonr 3155]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.2-01]
  - Added explicit gettext() call to localize navigation bar while
    figuring out esmith::FormMagick won't do it for me [gordonr 3155]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.4.3-01]
  - Fixed regexp for ignoring pleasewait(-.*?). Two each in 
    pleasewait/noframes. Reduced to one in each [gordonr]


author: Tony Clayton <tonyc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.4.2-01]
  - rollRPM: Rolled version number to 1.4.2-01. Includes patches up to 1.4.1-02.
  - mkdir panels/manager/common in spec file for CVS migration


author: Tony Clayton <tonyc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.4.1-01]
  - rollRPM: Rolled version number to 1.4.1-01. Includes patches up to 1.4.0-02.
  - navigation now ignores pleasewait-* files


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.4.0-02]
  - Use dated log file for ssl_engine_log. Name the file ssl_engine_log.xxxxx
    to keep it distinct from the main web server's log file.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-07]
  - Move genNavigationHeader() down below the script grokking code in
    "navigation", to help Netscape's faulty rendering.


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-02]
  - Removed image from top of navigation - now in separate frame
  - Added Provides: server-manager


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-03]
  - Adding SSL enabling templates for port 981.
  - Adding 01localAccessString fragment for use in SSL 
    enabling templates.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-02]
  - Prepend "/server-manager" to hrefs, to allow consistent path interpretation
    between admin and standard web server.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.1-03]
  - Change font setting in navigation - use css class instead.
  - Add newlines after each link in navigation frame - so that HTML
    source is readable.
  - Add manager.css, which came from e-smith-base. Let's have all look&feel
    in the one RPM.
  - Check whether "files" in cgi-bin directory are actually directories. Skip
    any directories.


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.12.0-02
changelog:
  - Move expansion of user table into set.password so it works
    for command line runs as well as db restores [SME: 1229]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.11.1-16
changelog:
  - Update dependencies to include mysql-server RPM. Remove obsolete
    dependency on e-smith-packetfilter. [SME: 737]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com> 1.11.1-14
changelog:
  - Ensure that mysql is restarted after restore, and avoid race conditions
    during mysqld restart during fix_privilege_tables. [SME: 73]
  - Remove unnecessary mkdirs in build section - they're done by createlinks
    script.


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.11.1-13
changelog:
  - Call fix_privilege_tables much earlier and call mysqladmin shutdown 
    after doing so - Thanks Paul Floor [SME: 73]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.1-09]
  - Avoid error from db-delete action if db files are not present
    (e.g. because they have already been deleted). [SF: 1273797]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.1-08]
  - Fix restore of dumped tables after restore from backup.
    Reset root password after restore of dumped dbs. [SF: 1273797]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.1-05]
  - Use -f flag in mysql-delete-dumped-tables so that backup
    doesn't fail if the file is missing.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.1-04]
  - Change /root/.my.cnf template to use esmith::util::LdapPassword
    rather than read of ldap.pw file, to eliminate ordering
    depenendence on ldap.pw template expansion.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.1-03]
  - Restore old mysql.init behaviour, to leave any failed scripts
    behind for a later attempt, or for admin investigation. [MN00079643]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-16]
  - Fix typo and runtime error in run script. Detect table dump
    to be restored and set it up for mysql.init to restore it.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-15]
  - Remove trap stuff in run script (which works around mysqld brokenness)
    and add custom control/{t,q,d,i} scripts.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-14]
  - Remove obsolete e-smith-packetfilter Requires: header.
  - Do db initialisation in run script, as required, rather than via
    special action script.
  - Replace all restart-, start- and reload- actions with calls to
    'adjust-services'. Update e-smith-lib version dependency. [MN00065576]
  - Use generic_template_expand action where possible, in place
    of specific actions. Update e-smith-lib dependency. [MN00064130]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-13]
  - Fix permissions on log/run script. Add missing /var/log/mysqld dir.
    [charlieb MN00061220]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-12]
  - Add missing down file in service directory.. Fix permissions
    on run script. [charlieb MN00061220]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-10]
  - Run mysqld under supervise. [charlieb MN00061220]
  - Replace deprecated Copyright header with License. [charlieb]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-08]
  - Fixed mysql.init leaving behind failed scripts, and the lack of proper
    initscript command-line arguments. [msoulier 10866]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-07]
  - Updating comments in my.cnf [tonyc 10862]
  - Don't show redundant log-error option in mysqld_safe [tonyc 10862]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-05]
  - Add /var/run/mysqld dir for mysql.com compatibility [tonyc 10862]
  - Fix initscript symlink [tonyc 10862]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-04]
  - Add initscript symlink for mysql.com compatibility [tonyc 10862]
  - Adding /etc/logrotate.d/mysqld templates [tonyc 8662]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-03]
  - Clean up /etc/my.cnf templates and add comments [tonyc 10862]
  - Add a more --user=mysql options to actions for 100% coverage [tonyc 10862]
  - Remove redundant basedir/datadir options from actions [tonyc 10862]
  - Clean up mysql-preload fork/exec stuff [tonyc 10862]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-02]
  - Add --user=mysql to mysqld args in conf-mysql-password [tonyc 10853]
  - Future-proof /etc/my.cnf for s/safe_mysqld/mysqld_safe/ change [tonyc 8662]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-02]
  - Restrict mysql by default to use only unix domain socket. [charlieb 6430]
  - Change mysql dump in pre-backup to use quotes, to fix backup/restore problem.
    [charlieb 7953]
  - Remove conf-mysql-startup - use db initialisation fragments instead
    [charlieb 5665]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.4-10]
  - Reverse the recent logic change in mysql.init, now that action() function
    in /etc/rc.d/init.d/functions is repaired. Replace deprecated use
    of backticks. [charlieb 4728]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.4-07]
  - Add fragment to my.cnf template to disable (for now) innoDB tables, and
    hence prevent log file noise. [charlieb 4731]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.4-05]
  - Set $HOME in mysql.init script itself, otherwise it's not set when
    run from the rc run script. Fix filenames displayed in progress message.
    [charlieb 4782]
  - Remove redundant mysql.conf action script [charlieb 4782]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.4-03]
  - Change mysql-dump-tables and mysql-delete-dumps events to pre-backup and
    post-backup events. [charlieb 2745]
  - Add mysql-start-if-required action, which checks if mysqld is running,
    and start it, then runs mysql.init, if not. Linked into email-update event.
    [charlieb 4782]
  - Redo conf-mysql-startup using ConfigDB and remove no longer necessary
    serviceControl() calls. [charlieb 4782]
  - Redo mysql-conf using esmith::templates. [charlieb 4782]
  - Change mysql.init script so that it can run programs or just load sql.
    [charlieb 4782]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.4-01]
  - Remove 45DenyMySQL template fragment - it's no longer needed since we
    are using connection tracking. [charlieb 4499]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.3-01]
  - Add rc7.d symlinks and don't set obsolete InitscriptsOrder property
    of services. [charlieb 4458]


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-03]
  - Adding more verbose error messages to mysql-dump-tables.
  - It should exit 0 if an error occurs, it should exit 1, and complain.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-02]
  - mysql-restart now restarts mysql if it is running, rather
    than only starting it if it is stopped.
  - mysql-shutdown has been added
  - conf-mysql is now mysql-initialize-db
  - new template /etc/my.cnf added
  - new action mysql-conf which expands /etc/my.cnf linked to
    bootstrap-console-save


author: Adrian Chung <mac@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-01]
  - Rolled version number to 1.5.0-01. Includes patches upto 1.4.0-03.
  - Removed directive to remove post-restore event.


author: Tony Clayton <tonyc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-08]
  - fixed tie bug in conf-mysql-startup script which prevented the mysqld service
    from being initialized properly.


author: Tony Clayton <tonyc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-07]
  - created mysql.init initscript
  - added serviceControl code for mysql.init in conf-mysql-startup


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-07]
  - add packetfilter template fragment to deny tcp/3306
    Make packet filter fragment depend on the service db. Only block
    TCP SYN packets.
  - add Requires for e-smith-packetfilter.
  - Add required permissions parameter to mkdir calls.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-03]
  - Make packet filter fragment depend on the service db. Only block
    TCP SYN packets.
  - Add required permissions parameter to mkdir calls.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-02]
  - add packetfilter template fragment to deny tcp/3306
  - add Requires for e-smith-packetfilter.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-01]
  - Development stream, includes all patches up to and including
    1.2.0-05.
  - Ported Charlie's MySQL->mysql requires change to development
    stream.  Was 1.2.0-06, but not built.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-30]
  - leave logrotate.d/mysqld alone now, back out patch
  - expanding /root/.my.cnf with the password alleviates
    need to pass -p to mysqladmin


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-28]
  - Create new mysql-conf-account script - set up mysql account and add it
    to the accounts db. Called from post-install and post-upgrade


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-25]
  - mysql-dump-tables and mysql-import-tables actions do nothing if mysqld
    is not running.
  - mysql-dump-tables action does nothing if the dump directory does
    not exist.
  - mysql-import-tables action does nothing if there is no dump file from
    which to import.
  - created 2 new events - mysql-delete-dumps and mysql-dump-tables
  - removed mysql-import-tables action from post-restore
  - added mysql-import-tables action to post-upgrade
  - created new action mysql-delete-dumped-tables
  - added patch22 to list of patches to be applied - must have been
    missed in 1.1.0-24.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-23]
  - mysql-{import,dump}-tables checks for enabled status of mysqld
    before attempting to dump/import


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-16]
  - conf-mysql needs to run even if the service isn't enabled
    so that during runtime, it can be enabled, and just go.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-14]
  - conf-mysql-password checks for MySQL datadir first
  - mysql-{dump,import}-tables moved to
    /etc/e-smith/events/actions
  - mysql-import-tables added to post-restore action


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-13]
  - conf-mysql-password resets the root password, and
    gets rid of two blank account entries
  - /sbin/e-smith/mysql-dump-tables has been added
    which dumps mysql.dump to /home/e-smith/db/mysql
  - /sbin/e-smith/mysql-import-tables has been added
    which imports a mysql.dump text file back into a
    running system


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-12]
  - conf-mysql-password now runs in console-save as well.
  - if the system is started up without mysqld enabled, 
    a password won't be set, since there are no mysql tables
    initialized yet.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-11]
  - conf-mysql-password runs without checking whether mysql
    is enabled.  It does not require mysqld to be started, and
    should always at least keep the root password in sync, in
    case mysqld is enabled, and started during a running system
    session.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-9]
  - make conf-mysql-password set the mysql password, instead of
    setting up a once-run script.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-8]
  - Create new mysql-conf-startup script - split from mysql-conf
  - Create new bootstrap-console-save event and install mysql-conf into it


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-6]
  - added UnsavedChanges wrapper around script so that it resets
    UnsavedChanges flag appropriately.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Added conf-mysql-password to post-install which sets 
    up mysqld-password in rc7.d to be run once to set the 
    password.  The mysqld-password script removes it's link
    from runlevel 7 and updates the configuration/services
    database.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-05]
  - Add Requires headers for kernel module RPMs, to ensure that module RPMs are
    added during install/upgrade.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-04]
  - Update to current db access APIs, in readiness for move of dbs to private
    directory. [SF: 1216546 (Shad)]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-02]
  - Add new config params required for netatalk 2.x (thanks to
    Roger Buck for research).
  - Use only a single HUP signal to tell afpd to reload its
    config.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.12.0-05]
  - Optimise template expansion v event matrix. Don't call atalk-reload
    during network-{create,delete}.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.12.0-04]
  - Use generic_template_expand action where possible, in place
    of specific actions. Update e-smith-lib dependency. [MN00064130]
  - Add config -> netatalk.conf symlink for compatibility with later netatalk
    package. [MN00064917]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-05]
  - Re-do hosts.allow template to use esmith::ConfigDB::HostsAllowSpec.
    Add dependency on up-to-date e-smith-lib. [charlieb 5650]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-02]
  - Remove special case for "Primary" in AppleValumes.default now
    that it is a pre-defined i-bay [charlieb 5652]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.2-01]
  - Remove dangling template fragments and don't create directories
    which we do not need. [charlieb 4626]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.1-01]
  - Move configuration file templates back to /etc/atalk. Rename
    netatalk.conf to config. Remove obsolete /etc/atalk/netatalk
    and /usr/atalk/netatalk directories if found. [charlieb 4626]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.8-01]
  - Let's get the "is it a link" test right. Use shell version, not perl version!
    [charlieb 3489]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.7-01]
  - Remove /usr/etc/netatalk symlink if it happens to be there, before installing
    new version which contains a /usr/etc/netatalk directory [charlieb 3489]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.6-01]
  - Netatalk won't follow a symlink to read its configuration. Regenerate
    the configuration files in /usr/etc/netatalk [gordonr 3489]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.4-01]
  - The netatalk package owns /etc/atalk/config, we shouldn't try to
    own it as well. Delete the file and adjust to a symlink when  
    configuring netatalk [gordonr 3489]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.3-01]
  - The latest version of netatalk has decided that some things should
    be in /usr/etc/netatalk (was /etc/atalk/netatalk last time). Some, 
    but, not all. The /etc/init.d/atalk file doesn't pass options to 
    point the config to another directory. So, let's just symlink
    /usr/etc/netatalk -> /etc/atalk/netatalk until this stabilises
    [gordonr 3489]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.2-01]
  - And it helps not to then unlink /etc/atalk/config in the action
    script [gordonr 3207]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.1-01]
  - Sigh - they've gone back to /etc/atalk/config - add a link to
    make it happen. [gordonr 3207]
  - Add /etc/atalk/netatalk directory for template output files [gordonr 3207]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.0-01]
  - Rolling development stream
  - Call atalk-restart instead of atalk-reload in printer-{create,delete}
    Note: This will disrupt existing shares, but reload does *nothing*
    with papd for printers [gordonr #2879]


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.6.2-01]
  - Migrating atalk templates away from SambaServerName.
  - They now use atalk|ServerName, defaulting to $SystemName.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.6.0-03]
  - Remove randnum authentication option, as that required cleartext passwords
    on the server, and interferes with PAM authentication if it is enabled.
  - Remove the fragment which suggests -G for guest access - that doesn't work
    with this version.
  - Remove all template-{begin,end} fragments as they are provided by e-smith-lib.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.6.0-02]
  - Move all netatalk templates from .../etc/atalk into .../etc/atalk/netatalk
    and no longer use the OUTPUT_FILENAME feature to expand them into the
    correct directory. This will allow custom templates to work as advertised
    (but will break any existing custom templates).


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-05]
  - Add AFPD uams list fragment so that AFPD actually loads uams
    on startup.
  - Comment out 20Guest template, we don't want to support guest
    access anymore.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-03]
  - Migrate all config files to /etc/atalk/netatalk/ directory,
    for compatibility with netatalk 1.5pre8 RPM.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-02]
  - Move /etc/atalk/config to /etc/atalk/netatalk.conf
  - Change conf-atalk to expand the correct template
  - Remove template-{begin,end} fragments - not required.


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-02]
  - Added atalk-reload - send _two_ SIGHUPs to all afpd processes
  - Removed restrictions on i-bay modes availabele for netatalk. This
    also needs a change to e-smith-base to remove comments from the panel.
  - Renamed conf-atalk,conf-atalk-startup,restart-atalk to atalk-*.
  - Updated Copyright notices


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-02]
  - Changed shares to show up directly to the files
    subdirectory if they have asked for public access = none


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com)
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-6]
  - Create new bootstrap-console-save event which doesn't restart servers
  - Add links for post-restore event
  - Remove restart-atalk link for post-install


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-2]
  - Split /etc/atalk templates
  - Changed HomeDirectory to ~/home
  - Changed ATALK_NAME to variable $SambaServerName from fixed 'e-smith'


author: Brett Jensen <brett@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - remove post-install checks from conf-atalk-startup file.
  - only expand templates if service is enabled
  - check is done in the conf-atalk script, not
    the templates.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com)
changelog:
  - Update services database when enabling/disabling startup.
  - Use genfilelist to maintain rpm filelist


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.net>
changelog:
  - Add /etc/hosts.allow template
  - use createlinks script rewritten in perl
  - Don't mark templates as config files.


author: Gavin Weight <gweight@gmail.com> 1.16.0-15
changelog:
  - Remove the expand-template as set in previous patch, as we already
    expand correct places. [SME: 3868]


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com> 1.16.0-7
changelog:
  - Remove HWClockSupport needs rework. [SME: 1954]
  - Rework success patch needs delay before signal-event [SME: 2292]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-10]
  - Remove /etc/ntp.conf in %pre script, to work around
    problems with update of ntpd RPM. Add conditional expand-template
    to run script to be sure that file is regenerated before we need 
    it. [SF: 1237968]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-07]
  - Increase MemLimit setting to 6MB (for CentOS4 build). [SF: 1225925]
  - Remove obsolete "authenticate" directive from ntpd.conf. [SF: 1225925]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-04]
  - Remove explicity call of generic_template_expand - it's now
    implicit. [MN00064130]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-03]
  - Fix template expansion of /etc/ntp/step-tickers and ./env/MEMLIMIT
    [MN00064130]
  - Use generic service adjust action for reload/restart. [MN00065576]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-02]
  - Combine set-date and set-clock, and use a shell script rather than
    perl. [MN00064941]
  - Use generic_template_expand action where possible, in place
    of specific actions. Update e-smith-lib dependency. [MN00064130]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-21]
  - pool.ntp.org now uses 0, 1, 2 prefixes rather than relying on
    short DNS TTLs. So, we need to add the prefixes if we are talking
    with pool.ntp.org or {region}.pool.ntp.org and revert to listing 
    "normal" NTP servers once [gordonr MN00053174]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-20]
  - List the ntp server three times, for DNS round-robin servers, 
    such as pool.ntp.org, {region}.pool.ntp.org and time.nrc.ca
  - [gordonr MN00053174]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-19]
  - Convert ntp.conf/10localhost template fragment from DOS text format
    [charlieb MN00050805]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-18]
  - Convert ntp.conf/30other template fragment from DOS text format
    [charlieb MN00050805]
  - Don't create pid file, and remove one if we find an old one.
    [charlieb MN00050806]
  - ntpdate should log to standard output, not to syslog. [charlieb MN00049205]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-17]
  - Need to create empty /service/ntpd/env directory for template to be
    expanded into.  [charlieb MN00050192]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-16]
  - Increase memory limit for running ntpd. While we are at it,
    we'll make the value templated, and update code in conf-ntpd 
    to modern standards.  [charlieb MN00050192]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-07]
  - Fixed a typo in createlinks. The new ntpd initscript must not conflict with
    the one in the ntpd package. [msoulier 10586]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-02]
  - Remove deprecated -startup script, and add default db
    fragments [charlieb 9553]
  - s/Copyright/License/


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-19]
  - Fix datetime panel when ntp stays disabled [tonyc 1588]
  - Show date when ntp is enabled [tonyc 1588]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-13]
  - Fix datetime to loop back to Initial page w/ status report [tonyc 1588]
  - Fix link to Verify page [tonyc 1588]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-12]
  - Add container table to fix IE 6 handling of table-layout: fixed [tonyc 1588]
  - Remove redundant newlines from some print statements [tonyc 1588]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-10]
  - Major refactoring and cleanup of datetime.pm [tonyc 1588]
  - Expand tabs to spaces in datetime.pm [tonyc 1588]
  - Add radio buttons and don't allow setting date manually when ntp is enabled
    [tonyc 1588]
  - Modified French lexicon to use lang="fr", rename the lexicon
    directory to fr [lijied 6787]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-09]
  - Deleted inappropriate template-begin file
    deleted empty template-end files [lijied 3295]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.3-01]
  - Remove masq script update and restart symlinks. They are no longer
    needed not that we have connection tracking enabled. [charlieb 4501]
  - Add rc7.d symlink, and don't set obsolete InitscriptsOrder property
    [charlieb 4458]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.2-01]
  - Remove NTP masq template fragment. We no longer need it, as netfilter
    connection tracking allows NTP replies. [charlieb 4499]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.3-01]
  - Localised "Network Time Server" heading [markk 3311]
  - Localised date display [markk 3311]
  - Added nav bar entry [gordonr 3155]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.2-01]
  - Moved all code into module datetime.pm [markk 3159]
  - Converted to FormMagick panel and internationalized [markk 3159]
  - Added POD and testsuite [markk 3159]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-02]
  - Initialise TimeZone db setting from /etc/sysconfig/clock if not set
  - Branding changes in web panel.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-12]
  - Expand ntp.conf always, even when ntpd is disabled. Otherwise ntpd
    refuses to shut down.


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-05]
  - Updated datetime panel to run the timeserver-update
    event (added rules to make sure that updates to the
    configuration database aren't affected UnsavedChanges flag).


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-04]
  - Added a comment in the ipchains rules
  - Added symlinks for the conf-masq and restart-masq actions
    to be run as part of timeserver-update event (thereby
    expanding the /etc/rc.d/init.d/masq template).


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-02]
  - Fix perl syntax error in masq template fragment
  - Save/restore unsavedchanges flag around timezone change.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-28]
  - Remove restart-ntp from post-upgrade action
  - Remove post-restore event
  - Tighten up NTP packet filter rule.
  - Remove conf-ntpd from ip-change event
  - Remove duplication of timezone migration code - it is in base as well.


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-27]
  - Changed conf-timezone action so that during an upgrade
    it will preserve the existing symlink for /etc/localtime
    and use that value to set the configuration database
    value for TimeZone


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-25]
  - combined the timezone-update and datetime-set events
    into a single event (and might combine the action scripts
    as well)


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-24]
  - added new service control mechanism to not background
    the proxy-stop action to shutdown squid


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - moved all date and time settings into a new event/action
    sequence (datetime-set) which then calls the proxy-stop,
    set-date, set-clock, proxy-start and removed the previous
    system calls from the web manager form 
  - removed the squid stop/start actions from conf-timezone
    action


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Updated createlinks to have update-timezone and
    update-timeserver events link in the action restart-syslog
    to improve on the strange log times recorded otherwise


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Added service control to stop the proxy server (squid)
    from running prior to changing the timezone information
    in conf-timezone, then starting it again after the change
    to remove squid hangups on shutdown


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Removed the %postun section which was deleting ntpd
    configuration values after uninstalling e-smith-ntp
    (which occurs in an upgrade) and the %post section
    which expanded the templates for ntpd without checking
    the status (now done properly in the actions)


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Fixed the /etc/ntp.conf template expansion to pull
    the NTPServer value from the ntpd service configuration
    settings


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Merged the conf-clock and reset-link into a single
    action script of conf-timezone
  - Removed symlinks to post-upgrade and update-timezone
  - Added symlink for conf-timezone to update-timezone
  - Added symlink for conf-timezone to bootstrap-console-save
   (instead of post-upgrade)


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-12]
  - updated datetime panel to take into account the new
    action scripts called by timezone-update event


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-9]
  - added conf-clock to configure /etc/sysconfig/clock
  - added reset-link to unlink and re-symlink
    /etc/localtime to the correct timezone


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-7]
  - Charlie changed spec file in %post and %postun to
    generate ntpd templates in runlevel 7 and to remove 
    it if e-smith-ntp is uninstalled
  - Added configuration parameter for timeZone which
    will be used by default as the timezone value for
    date and time, otherwise it defaults to /etc/localtime


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-6]
  - add new event timezone-update that calls restart httpd
  - datetime panel modified to call both time{server,zone}-update


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-5]
  - Disable ntpd by default - without an NTPServer setting there's no
    point in enabling ntpd.
  - Remove timeserver web form. Add Jay's new combined datetime and
    timeserver form.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Changed NTPserver to NTPServer in 00timeServer fragment
  - Modified timeserver panel to record timeserver value to ntpd
    property instead of legacy variable.


author: Trond Eivind Glomsrød <teg@redhat.com> 1.0.2-1
changelog:
  - 1.0.2
  - Total overhaul of build precedure
  - Add many small helper programs added to 1.0.2
  - drop old patches


author: Trond Eivind Glomsrød <teg@redhat.com> 1.0.1-5
changelog:
  - Don't segfault when infile is a directory and "-f" is used (#56623)
  - Automake is evil. Add workaround


author: Jeff Johnson <jbj@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - FHS packaging to build on solaris2.5.1.
  - remove config.cache from autoconf patch.
  - sparc: use %configure, but not the m4 macros.


author: Trond Eivind Glomsrød <teg@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - autoconfed and libtoolized package 
  - fixed Copyright (it's BSD, not GPL)
  - dumped bzless (less works fine with bz2-files)
  - rewrote build and install parts
  - separated main package and devel package


author: Cristian Gafton <gafton@redhat.com>
changelog:
  - force compilation with egcs to avoid gcc optimization bug (thank God 
    we haven't been beaten by it)


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com> 1.2.0-5
changelog:
  - Actually call the notify script on ups events. [SME: 1722]
  - Allow nut to be a client to another master server. [SME: 2231]


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com> 1.2.0-4
changelog:
  - Make password secure for ups users
  - Allow local network to monitor ups as slaves
  - Make localhost master for ups
  - Make startup/shutdown scripts use upsdrvctl so poweroff works


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-05]
  - Remove unused /etc/usb/usb.usermap template fragment.
  - Add nut db entries to default configuration (Shad).
  - Add missing templates.metadata files for all templated
    files. [MN00064130]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-03]
  - Port to version 2.0 of nut (contributed by Shad Lords).
  - Change nutups user to nut to confirm with new package
  - Upgrade templates to support new 2.0 format [SF: 1226389]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.3-04]
  - Change group and permissions of various configuration files, so that
    files can be reloaded by programs running non-root. This is a merge
    of Shad Lord's contributed code and my changes to use group read
    permission. [charlieb 8405]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-12]
  - Delete ./etc/rc.modules/template-begin,
    and modified %build
  LANG=C
  export LANG
  unset DISPLAY
   [lijied 3295]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-07]
  - load usb* modules in rc.modules for hidups support
  - add header to template-begin [tonyc 2753]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-06]
  - fix NOTIFYFLAG entries in upsmon.conf [tonyc 2753]
  - turn off nut service by default [tonyc 2753]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-05]
  - Move mknod of device node to %post script. It can't run in %pre, because
    the enclosing directory has not yet been pulled out of the RPM archive.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-04]
  - Fix syntax errors in one of the upsmon.conf template fragments.
  - Add ups runtime state directory. Create hiddev device node with
    appropriate permissions inside that directory.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-03]
  - Change configuration so that most UPS events are logged only to
    syslog, but SHUTDOWN is done using "signal-event". Response
    to UPS events can be tuned via config DB entries.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-02]
  - Add /etc/rc.d/init.d/nut symlink so that service starts up.
  - Fix up a few broken templates.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-09]
  - Use TCPPort fragment rather than explicit masq template fragment to
    create hole in firewall.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-08]
  - Use generic_template_expand action, in place of conf-oidentd.
    Update e-smith-lib and e-smith-devtools dependencies. [MN00064130]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-04]
  - Add requires for later version of oidentd. Add -m option to enable
    masqueraded support (may be required, but needs custom template for
    full support). [charlieb 9546]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-02]
  - Run oidentd under supervise. Use default template fragments to init db
    entry. [charlieb 9546]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.2-01]
  - Fix template issue - need "esmith::util", otherwise expand-template succeeds
    but action script fails. [charlieb 4435]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.12.0-10
changelog:
  - Prevent rkhunter false positive if ssh is disabled but
    PermitRootLogin is enabled in config. [SME: 166]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.11.0-28
changelog:
  - A user is allowed access to rssh protocols if:
    - They have PasswordSet==yes 
    - They have AllowRSSH==yes or
      VPNClientAccess==yes but not AllowRSSH==no [SME: 877]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.11.0-27
changelog:
  - Remove defaults for sshd{Allow*} and the templates for rssh.conf [SME: 877]
  - Allow a user all of the rssh protocols if AllowSSH is yes [SME: 877]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.11.0-23
changelog:
  - Add template for /etc/rssh.conf [SME: 42]
  - Default sshd{AllowSCP, AllowSFTP} == yes [SME: 532]
  - Default sshd{AllowRDIST,AllowRSYNC,AllowCVS} == no


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-15]
  - Default to protocol 2 only on new installs, and '2,1' for
    upgrades where $sshd{Protocol} is not defined.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-14]
  - Use generic_template_expand action for all template expansions from
    sshd-conf.  Update e-smith-lib dependency. [MN00064130]
  - Replace sshd-reload with call to 'adjust-services'. [MN00065576]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-13]
  - Updated requires with new perl dependencies. [charlieb MN00040240]
  - Clean BuildRequires. [charlieb MN00043055]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-10]
  - Put full path to sshd in run script to work around assumption of full path
    in sshd sighup handler. [msoulier 9549]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-08]
  - Moved the shebang line to a place where it actually matters. Tell me it's
    friday. [msoulier 9549]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-02]
  - Re-do hosts.allow template to use esmith::ConfigDB::HostsAllowSpec.
    Add dependency on up-to-date e-smith-lib. [charlieb 5650]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.3-01]
  - Add rc7.d symlink and don't set deprecated InitscriptsOrder property
    [charlieb 4458]
  - Change use of allow_tcp_in() function to allow dynamic reconfig.
    [charlieb 4501]


author: Michael G Schwern <schwern@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.3-01]
  - Tested & documented sshd-reload action [schwern 2932]
  - Tested & documented sshd-conf and sshd-conf-startup actions [schwern 2932]
  - Changed all actions to use esmith::ConfigDB [schwern 2932]
  - Fixed dependencies. [schwern]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.4.0-03]
  - Change back to Protocol 1 until known_hosts2 and authorized_keys2 files are
    implemented on both sides.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.4.0-02]
  - Add template fragements to generate /root/.ssh/config host
    config sections for any hostnames added to %e_smith_hosts by
    other fragements numbered between 00 and 19.
  - Delete useless template-end for /root/.ssh/config.


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-07]
  - Explicitly disable ChallengeResponseAuthentication and
    KbdInteractiveAuthentication


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-04]
  - Added links to /usr/libexec and /usr/local/libexec to enable
    sftp for more client systems under protocol V1


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-03]
  - Revised after comments from Charlie
  - Added documentation for MaxStartups and cleaner perl idiom for
    SubsystemSftp test


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-02]
  - Enabled sftp subsystem by default with correct path to sftp-server
  - Added MaxStartups configuration


author: Tony Clayton <tonyc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-05]
  - Add /root/.ssh/config template-{begin,end} fragments
  - Expand config template from sshd-conf


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-18]
  - Make new bootstrap-console-save event - the Lite version
  - Make sshd-reload shut down sshd if it has been disabled
  - Don't redo conf-sshd-startup with every console-save


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-7]
  - Added sshd-restart to remoteaccess-update event (and others)
  - Renamed scripts to sshd-{conf,conf-startup,restart}
  - Enable private ssh access by default


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-4]
  - conf-ssh-startup: PasswordAuthentication=yes and RootLogin=no
  - Fixed ordering of Port/Listen fragments


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-3]
  - Changed sshd_config into a directory template
  - Used services notation to enable/disable
  - sshd_config: PasswordAuthentication and RootLogin - both disabled by default


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Ensure that conf-ssh-startup is run during post-upgrade event.
  - Fix missing " in hosts.allow template.


author: Adrian Chung <adrian.chung@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Move %post code to conf-ssh-startup instead
  - Default to enabled for sshd in services database if not
    already set.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Use db_get_type to get service status - to be safe against
    defined service properties
  - Do not init services database during post-install event -
    it is done during %post action.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Only initialise services database during post-install action.
  - Only expand hosts.allow/sshd if sshd service is enabled.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.net>
changelog:
  - Rewrite createlinks in perl
  - Add sshd template for /etc/hosts.allow
  - Fix ssh-keygen options code


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.net>
changelog:
  - Remove /etc/rc.d/rc7.d symlink before (re-)creating it. Avoids logfile mess.
  - Change backgroundCommand call to use array instead of string - avoid shell
    parsing.


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.16.0-05
changelog:
  - Remove redundant auto-generated service-specific denylog rules from 
    90InboundTCP10filter_{tcp,udp} [SME: 1776]


author: Gavin Weight <gweight@gmail.com> 1.2.0-02
changelog:
  - Make ident TCP reject configurable, based on oidentd status.
    If oidentd{status} is enabled, allow ident, otherwise REJECT it [SME: 85]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-11]
  - Remove force/masq/status fragment, and fix "masq adjust" so
    that it is harmless if firewall is disabled. This leaves unsolved
    the problem of whether to toggle disabled->enabled during upgrades.
    [SF: 1261356]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-09]
  - Add force/status fragment for masq service, to force enabled.
    This ensures that firewall is running after a system upgrade,
    to avoid various panel failure modes. Solution to be reviewed
    for alternatives later. [SF: 1261356]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-08]
  - Remove filtering of outbound ICMP - it's blocking legitimate ICMP
    redirects. [MN00093544]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au>
changelog:
  - [1.15.1-06]
  - Rejct IDENT with a TCP reset [SF: 1240659]
  - Add support for UDPPort (c.f. TCPPort) property to allow
    filtered UDP [SF: 1241398]
  - Add support for DenyHosts property (see 1.15.0-02 for AllowHosts)
    [SF: 1241398]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-15]
  - Set $OUTERNET to equal $LocalIP in masq script in serveronly mode,
    so that masq script (if enabled) does not block allowed public access.
  - Remove various 45Allow* fragments as TCPPort properties of services
    will allow access if public access is enabled.


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-13]
  - update to latest iptables-trace [tonyc] : 
  -  add logging for default chain policy fallback
  -  fix stop() bug causing _any_ rules with --log-prefix to be removed


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-12]
  - Made TOS settings configurable, with just ssh set by default.
    [msoulier dpar-28993]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-10]
  - Fixed iptables-trace "stop" removing rules from the denylog chain.
    [msoulier 10955]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-09]
  - Added a toggle of the trace option during adjust, so adjusts work with trace
    enabled. [msoulier 8117]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-05]
  - Ensure that masq script expands without error in serveronly mode.
    [charlieb 10162]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.15.0-02]
  - New fragment 90InboundTCP10filter_tcp, a further step towards
    auto-generation of rules, removing the 45Allow* fragments:

    For all services which have a TCPPort property defined:
      If the service is 'enabled' and the service is 'public', 
  	generate iptables rules as follows:
  	If an AllowHosts property is defined, allow only those hosts
  	Otherwise allow all hosts 

    AllowHosts is comma separated, and can contain IPs, IP/mask and CIDR

    This will generate duplicate rules until the 45Allow* fragments
    are removed, which can happen once the TCPPort property is defined
    for a service.

    QUERY: Should this be TCPPort (singular) or TCPPorts (plural)?
    TODO: Create db defaults fragments to deprecate the 45Allow* fragments
    TODO: Possibly add DenyHosts processing [gordonr 10050]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-22]
  - Added support for a PPPconn chain to track rules to permit PPTP connections.
    [msoulier 7695]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-18]
  - Removed acceptance of anything not from the external interface. The local
    networks list should be sufficient. [msoulier 8299]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-12]
  - Added ForwardedTCP and ForwardedUDP, as well as supporting code to
    permit certain ports to be opened for forwarded traffic inbound. Required
    for portforwarding. [msoulier 7284]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-11]
  - Add "use esmith::util" to 01localNetworks fragment. Needed if
    esmith::templates form of processTemplate is used. [charlieb 5650]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-09]
  - Make use of ExternalInterface definition in 00Definitions [gordonr 7343]
  - Update dependency on e-smithbase [gordonr 7343]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-05]
  - formatting changes in masq/00Functions template fragment [charlieb]
  - Use connection tracking on both INPUT and FORWARD tables [charlieb 6651]
  - Allow any local traffic on INPUT and FORWARD chains. Local traffic
    is currently defined as all traffic which didn't come in via the
    external interface. That definition can easily change, as there is
    a special chain for accepting local traffic. [charlieb 6709]
  - Remove explicit allow of multicast traffic, as it is a subset of "local"
    traffic [charlieb 6031, 6709]
  - Move ICMP type checking into "adjust" part of masq script [charlieb 6709]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.13.0-03]
  - Put back non-redundant DROP lines, but add a comment as to why
    they are there [gordonr 6580]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-07]
  - Added a get_safe_id function, to factor out firewall rule scanning code, and
    prevent chain name clashes in the extreme case. [msoulier 5696]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-06]
  - Removed specific tcp_in and udp_in chains in favour of the InboundTCP_$$ and
    InboundUDP__$$ chains. They are far, far easier to manage, especially for
    the portforwarding blade. [msoulier 5696]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-05]
  - Make sure that --numeric is used with any --list command, to avoid
    reverse lookup delays. [charlieb 5644]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-04]
  - Peel off ICMP for checking after packets for ESTABLISHED and RELATED
    connections are allowed. This allows outbound ping to work. [charlieb 5423]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-03]
  - Apply UDP filtering only on traffic entering via external
    interface. [charlieb 5644]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-02]
  - Add UDP input filter setup and adjust rules.
    Re-arrange 00Functions a bit so that perl block is
    shorter and the rest is in-line [charlieb 5644]
  - Move adjustEnd to 92, to allow 91 hole for any adjustments
    needing to be done after input filter rules are adjusted
    (e.g. port forwarding).


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.10.0-08]
  - Send default packets on the FORWARD filter to denylog, rather than
    DROP. [charlieb 5246]
  - Revert 2) from 1.10.0-05 checkin. 5.5 ipchains forwarding rules do not allow
    IP masqueraded packets. [charlieb 5246]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.10.0-06]
  - Create a new intermediate TCP input chain, and create a new temporary
    TCP input chain whenever we run "masq adjust". This ensures that
    new TCP input checking rules occur at the same place during input
    checking as existing rules, and also means that rules previously created
    by now-removed packages disappear. [charlieb 4501, 5246]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.10.0-05]
  - Fix to the previous change 1) to restore some commented out rules,
    and 2) to fix those rules so that they match the 5.5 ipchains
    version. [charlieb 5246]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.10.0-04]
  - Changes so that local networks can be added/deleted and "masq adjust"
    will correctly re-adjust the filters. [charlieb 5246]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.10.0-03]
  - Change 00Functions so that "tcp_in" function can create chains as required
    during "masq adjust", so that new modules can add rules and still avoid
    "masq restart".  [charlieb 4501]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.10.0-01]
  - Roll to maintained version number to 1.10.0
  - Remove "perl createlinks" from %build
  LANG=C
  export LANG
  unset DISPLAY
   section, since we no longer
    have a createlinks file.


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.15-06]
  - Use denylog target for dropped ICMP packets [markk 5095]
  - Remove explicit echo-reply support (we use conntrack now) [markk 5095]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.15-05]
  - Drop ICMP echo-requests on ext i/f when in private s/g mode or if Stealth
    property is set. General cleanup of ICMP rules. [markk 5095]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.15-04]
  - Added extra slosh in tcp_in as one gets gobbled by template evaluation
    and we need one in the final output. Reformatted the lines and moved
    proto/port together on first line of pair for readability [gordonr 4792]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.15-03]
  - Fix tcp_in function - it doesn't work too well without the jump to the
    newly defined rule. Change DROP to denylog in the placeholder rule,
    even though it is short-lived. [charlieb 4792]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.15-02]
  - Remove createlinks script and network-{create,delete} event directories -
    the required change was made in e-smith-base, and this shouldn't have
    been checked in. [charlieb 4501]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.14-04]
  - Remove 45AllowAUTH masq fragment - moved to e-smith-oidentd package.
    [charlieb 4435]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.14-01]
  - Use full iptables path in status fragment - allows "service masq status" to
    work. [charlieb 1268]
  - Fix local networks list [charlieb 1268]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.13-01]
  - Fix syntax in 30adjustTOS fragment. Move definitions to start of masq
    script where they can be used in functions. [charlieb 4501]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.11-01]
  - Further re-arrangement to facilitate non-disruptive update of filtering
    rules. [charlieb 4501]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.10-01]
  - Remove 98adjust, and split it into 49adjustStart, 50adjustTCP and 51adjustEnd
    fragments. Migrate network stack tuning stuff to sysctl.conf templates.
    Add TOS adjustment stuff. [charlieb 4501]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.9-01]
  - Change masq template fragments to allow non-disruptive modification.
    Add "masq adjust" verb. [charlieb 4501]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.8-01]
  - Remove deprecated split in masq template fragment, and add FIXME comment
    to code which looks to be wrong. [charlieb 1268]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.7-01]
  - Use iptables state tracking to allow return traffic. Remove special
    rules set up to allow the return traffic. [charlieb 4499]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.6-01]
  - Allow local and masqueraded traffic on forward chain. Fix syntax for denylog
    chain. [charlieb 1268]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.5-01]
  - Avoid a perl warning from use of ${httpd-e-smith}{status} - 
    change to ${'httpd-e-smith'}{status}. [charlieb 1268]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.4-01]
  - Change syntax from ipchains (2.2 kernel) to iptables (2.4 kernel).
    [charlieb 1268]
  - Add "status" option to list tables.
  - Miscellaneous syntax cleanups.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.6.0-02]
  - Restore run time lookup of ExternalIP by /etc/rc.d/init.d/masq.
  - Make sure that OUTERNET is set to a valid IP address, even if
    ExternalIP is not set in config db, to avoid syntax errors in
    ipchains command in masq script.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-04]
  - Add $OUT = "" to 01localNetworks so that '1' isn't output
    into template when 01localNetworks generates no output.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-03]
  - Splitting @locals and $primaryLocalNet generation out of
    40AllowLocals into 01localNetworks.
  - transproxy fragment from e-smith-proxy needs these variables in
    35transproxy.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-02]
  - Fix variable naming error in setting up @locals array.
  - Remove forwarding rules from stopmasq section - and remove the 'stop'
    alias for this case - there is a separate stop section of the script.
  - Add bidirectional forwarding rules for each local network to our network.
    This both enables the forwarded traffic, and also prevents masquerading
    of the local traffic.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.4.0-02]
  - Allow packet forwarding from localnet to localnet in serveronly mode -
    this is necessary for PPTP VPN termination.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-06]
  - Multicast range is 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255 which
    is 224.0.0.0/4 not 224.0.0.0/3.
    224.0.0.0/3 covers 255.255.255.255 which denies DHCP traffic


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-05]
  - Putback Charlie's change to add Stealth property to masq service, defaulting
    to "no". If set to "yes", external ICMP echo packets are ignored.


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-06]
  - Two new properties of masq service - PermitHighUDP and PermitHighTCP.
    Both default to "yes", but provide an easy way to block unprivileged
    TCP/UDP or both.


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-04]
  - masq service now has an optional property Logging, defaulting to "none"
  - Only log denied packets if Logging is other than "none" - this stops
    logging of the SMB chatter on cable and other shared networks
  - Ignore SMB and RIP packets unless Logging is "all"


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-02]
  - set rp_filter to 0 for 'default' interface, explicitly set
    it to 1 for eth0, eth1.
  - ipsec-restart will set eth1 to '0'.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-16]
  - removed 35DenyUnrouteable fragment, since it affects
    us, and anyone else using a provider who masquerades
    connections.


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-10]
  - Added protocol option to icmp fragments
  - Removed masqstart/masqstop
  - Allowed icmp echo-request and echo-reply


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-8]
  - Move AllowSSH template fragment to e-smith-openssh.
  - Fix uninitialised value problem in  15Definitions.


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-5]
  - Normalised structure of 45Allow* fragments
  - Moved 45AllowIONonPriv to 46AllowIONonPriv


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-2]
  - Determine ExternalIP at run time
  - Modified templates to check services entries
  - Added COPYING file and GPL Copyright


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-06]
  - Update to current db access APIs, in readiness for move of dbs to private
    directory. [SF: 1216546 (Shad)]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-04]
  - Use generic_template_expand action to expand /etc/php.ini.
    Add e-smith-lib dependency. Add e-smith-devtools dependency. [MN00064130]
  - Remove anachronisms in /etc/php.ini templates.
  - Fix loss of AllowUrlFopen property during post-install. [MN00064752]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-02]
  - Remove specification of dynamic extensions, as that is done with newer
    php via /etc/php.d/.  [charlieb MN00051515]
  - Replace deprecated Copyright header with License header.
  - Remove bogus WARNING text from spec file. [charlieb]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-12]
  - Wrappered the restart of the e-smith web server so that it is conditional on
    e-smith-apache being installed. [msoulier 8852]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-11]
  - Remembered that we can't query the rpm database during rpm installs.
    [msoulier 8852]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-10]
  - Wrappered the restart of the e-smith web server so that it is conditional on
    e-smith-apache being installed. [msoulier 8852]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-08]
  - Increase limits to allow webmail attachments of 10MB, rather than 2MB
    MemoryLimit 8M -> 32M, PostMaxSize 8M -> 20M, UploadMaxFilesize 2M -> 10M [gordonr 8478]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.8.0-05]
  - Backing out changes since 1.8.0-01, as they belong in a development stream.
    [msoulier 6543]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.8.0-04]
  - Fixed a syntax error that I should have caught before committing the last
    version. [msoulier 6543]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.8.0-02]
  - Added index.phtml to the DirectoryIndex directive, and made the code a
    little nicer to look at. [msoulier 6543]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.4-01]
  - Turned off display_errors, use error_log -> syslog instead, as per
    Dan Brown's PHP upgrade HOWTO
  - Tidied up formatting in that fragment [gordonr 3019]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-03]
  - Remove all comments from php.ini template fragments.
  - Allow some resource limits to be set by properties of the php service
    in the config db.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.0-02]
  - Template /etc/php.ini, and expand template during conf-php action.
  - Make some simplifications to the conf-php script, and remove a 
    potential error case (php is not in config db and event is neither
    post-install or post-upgrade).


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.4.0-03]
  - Restrict PHP programs residing in an i-bay to only be able to open files
    which reside in the same i-bay. An i-bay property PHPBaseDir is available
    to override this restriction.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-02]
  - Load PHP modules late, not first. This corrects a compatibility problem
    with RedHat 7.1 RPMS.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-04]
  - Disable PHP MIME type by default
  - Enable PHP MIME type for each i-bay for which dynamic content is enabled.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-9]
  - rolling to 9, 8 is missing.
  - pulling expand httpd.conf, we'll leave conf-httpd
    to do it.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-2]
  - expand PHP httpd.conf fragments conditionally based on
    service status.
  - add PHP to the services database and default to disabled.


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.2.0-02
changelog:
  - Ensure that pop3 and pop3s are started or stopped if required,
    during email-update event. [SME: 1125]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.2.0-5
changelog:
  - Use $OUTERNET for target of localhost port forwards, not externalIP
    pulled from db at template expansion time. [SME: 2760]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-07]
  - Display text to indicate that portforwarding isn't available in
    serveronly mode.
  - Create new portforwarding-update event, as remoteaccess-update
    is rather heavyweight. use generic_template_expand and
    adjust-services.  [MN00064130, MN00065576]
  - Fix some run-time probs with Gordon's contributed patch.


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-05]
  - Now detecting serveronly mode, and disabling the ability to add
    portforwarding rules while in that state. [msoulier MN00025609]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-03]
  - Refactored 91adjustPortForward to remove duplicate code. [msoulier 10203]
  - Added code to properly handle portforwarding to the external interface.
    Forwarding to localhost or the private interface is now explicitly blocked.
    [msoulier 10203]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-02]
  - Added better validation on the sort port to prevent conflicting rules.
    [msoulier 9262]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.1-18]
  - Redo (simplify) some of the code in the portforwarding panel, and make
    destination port explicit if not specified. [charlieb 8803]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.1-12]
  - Inserting PortForwarding chain as first entry in the PREROUTING chain.
    [msoulier 8089]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.1-06]
  - Added french lexicon for security, so it shows up in the right spot
    on the menu panel. [msoulier 7284]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.1-05]
  - Added proper styling to the tables. [msoulier 7284]
  - Added spacing around table elements. [msoulier 7284]
  - Put a 6.0 look on the buttons on the summary page. [msoulier 7284]
  - Removed the button-like style from the remove links. [msoulier 7284]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.1-04]
  - Added proper styles to make links that behave like buttons,
    look like buttons, for 6.0. [msoulier 7284]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.1-03]
  - Fixed a couple of typos in the english lexicon. [msoulier 7284]
  - Included the french lexicon. [msoulier 7284]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.1-01]
  - Modified to work with new e-smith-packetfilter changes for 6.0 
    [msoulier 7284]
  - Note: This breaks backwards-compatibility with 5.6.


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-30]
  - Patched the masq fragments to accept an empty dport. [msoulier 5645]
  - Patched the interface to accept an empty destination port. 
    [msoulier 5645]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-28]
  - Additional tweaks to fix the iptables syntax and adjust the size of the
    fields in the UI. [msoulier 5645]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-25]
  - Fixed bad removal which set all destination ports to the same port.
    [msoulier 5645]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-24]
  - Updated dependency information to make it use the backported
    e-smith-packetfilter rpm for the 5.6 updates stream. [msoulier 5645]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-22]
  - Backed-out the changes in 0.1.0-21. They're incompatible with
    e-smith-packetfilter. We'll have to discuss this first. [msoulier 5696]


author: Mike Dickson <miked@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-19]
  - backed out previous patch since it applied too many changes at once.  I will
    re-submit in manageable chunks


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-17]
  - Added a feature to remove the "finished" page and cycle back to the start
    page with a status message instead. [msoulier 5696]
  - Found and fixed a bug permitting the addition of duplicate rules.


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-15]
  - Fixed broken removal due to using the wrong variable set to repopulate the
    db entry. [msoulier 5696]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-11]
  - Made sure all messages are localised, and added better error handling.
    [msoulier 5696]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-10]
  - Updated to make use of changes to the packetfilter. Fixed the placement of
    the udp portforwarding rules, and the spelling of "completely".
    [msoulier 5696]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-06]
  - Basic functionality present. Still need to add the ability to
    delete rules, and display current rules. [msoulier 5696]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-03]
  - Fix portforwarding rules to match DB format used by panel code -
    which is $ip:[$dport], this allows forwarding to a port other than the
    listen port [charlieb 5645].


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.0-02]
  - Convert to iptables, and conform to "masq adjust" way of doing things.
    [charlieb 5645]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.0.1-6]
  - Renamed to e-smith-portforwarding.
  - Imported into CVS as baseline for further development.


author: Darrell May <dmay@netsourced.com>
changelog:
  - fixed spelling in rpm name, now to dmc-mitel-portforwarding
  - merged in e-smith-ipportfw-0.1.1-1.noarch.rpm
  - [0.0.1-3]


author: Darrell May <dmay@netsourced.com>
changelog:
  - added "Shad L. Lords" <lists@lordsfam.net>, e-smith-iportfw 35SetPortFW
  - templates-custom fragment supporting dest port addresses
  - updated portforwarding panel to match
  - removed first/last portforward panel bug by adding return on Operation Status
  - [0.0.1-2]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.12.0-02
changelog:
  - Purge Interfaces property of pptpd record on bootup. [SME: 1073]
  - Remove multilink setting from pppd configuration used by pptpd. Add
    LCP timeout processing to autodisconnect stale links. [SME: 1064]
  - Control "passive" setting by db property - enabled by default. [SME: 1064]


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.11.0-21
changelog:
  - Dynamically calculate remote IP address range - dhcpd.conf won't
    necessarily be expanded before pptpd.conf, so we can't depend on
    a side effect. [SME: 797]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-18]
  - Add Requires headers for kernel module RPMs, to ensure that module RPMs are
    added during install/upgrade.


author: Shad L. Lords <slords@mail.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-17]
  - Add noipparam parameter so that ppp gets called correctly [SF: 1228376]
  - Move masq fragment from template to db [SF: 1241414]
  - Default sessions to 0 like web panel


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-15]
  - Various options.pptpd config changes to support radius auth. [SF: 1225995]
  - Ensure that ppp_generic module is loaded before running pptpd. [SF: 1225995]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-14]
  - Add rc7.d startup symlink for pptpd. [SF: 1215401]
  - Add Requires: e-smith-radiusd [SF: 1215401]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-12]
  - Use radius plugin to access NT hash passwords and obsolete
    domain strip option. [SF: 1215401]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-11]
  - Fix path problem in adjust-services action symlinks. [MN00065576]
  - Remove explicit links to implicit actions.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.10.0-02]
  - Denylog inbound GRE unless pptpd is enabled. This allows
    masquerade to work better. [charlieb 9249]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-19]
  - Use esmith::ConfigDB::wins_server method to determine correct
    wins server. [charlieb 8951]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-17]
  - Add comment to dhcpd.conf to show which addresses have been
    "borrowed". Remove template fragment which generates static IP definitions
    for pptpd "hostnames" (these aren't useful).  [charlieb 8883]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-16]
  - Convert pptpd-conf script to use esmith::ConfigDB and remove use of
    deprecated CONFREF.
  - Expand dhcpd.conf in pptpd-conf script, to ensure that address range
    is configured. [charlieb 8883]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-12]
  - Removed processing of /etc/ppp/chap-secrets, now done in ppp-conf-users [gordonr 8849]
  - Removed creation of pptpd record - defaults fragments exist [gordonr 8849]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-09]
  - Rewrote chap-secrets fragment with new DB interface [gordonr 4847]
  - Use VPNClientAccess instead of PPTPAccess [gordonr 4847]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-08]
  - Skip users unless PPTPAccess property of user is "yes". We don't want the
    no/disabled ambiguity. [charlieb 4847]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-07]
  - Call pptpd-conf in user-modify as well as create & delete [markk 4847]
  - Skip users with PPTPAccess of 'off' or 'disabled' [markk 4847]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-06]
  - Added conf-masq and adjust-masq to ip-up.pptpd and ip-down events. 
    [msoulier 7695]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-05]
  - Fixed lack of /etc/ppp/ip-down.local file. [msoulier 7695]
  - Removed iptables code from pptp-interface-access. It now sets an Interfaces
    parameter in the pptpd record. [msoulier 7695]
  - Updated requirements. [msoulier 7695]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-02]
  - Gracefully handle undefined "sessions" property in hosts.allow fragment
    [charlieb 5650]
  - Move some db initiatisation into defaults directory fragments.
    [charlieb 7526]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.0-05]
  - Add hosts.allow template fragment (for new wrappers enabled pptpd)
    [charlieb 4278]
  - Update /etc/ppp/options.pptpd template to match options available
    with CVS version of pppd. Add property driven debug fragment
    while we are at it [charlieb 4278]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.0-04]
  - Remove listen directive - all interfaces is the default, and new
    pptpd segfaults on "listen 0.0.0.0". [charlieb 4797]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.0-02]
  - Listen on all interfaces to avoid race condition with external
    interface configuration [gordonr 4797]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.0-01]
  - Forced version update by co2rpm to 1.7.0
  - Bumped version number - this is a development stream [gordonr 4501]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.6.6-02]
  - Roll back all PPP options changes so that we can use orig pppd binary.
    [charlieb 4278]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.6.6-01]
  - Add action script to enable/disable unrestricted traffic on
    an interface when PPTP comes up/goes down. [charlieb 4501]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.6.5-01]
  - Change allow_tcp_in calling sequence, to facilitate non-disruptive
    change. [charlieb 4501]
  - Add GRE rules which are run-time switchable [charlieb 4501]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.3-01]
  - Use mschap and mppe configuration directives compatible with the latest
    pppd (from CVS).  [charlieb 4278]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.2-01]
  - Fix iptables usage - on OUTPUT chain, now use -o interface_name, not
    -i interface_name. [charlieb 1268]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.4.5-01]
  - Include pptpd-conf action in workgroup-update event, so that WINS setting is
    added/deleted if required. [charlieb 3602]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.4.3-01]
  - Grab samba domain master setting from smb service, not from SambaDomainMaster.
    [charlieb 3160]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-02]
  - Fix pptpd-restart so that it won't log FAILED when it tries to shut down
    a pptpd which is not running.


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-07]
  - Don't check for /var/lock/subsys/pptpd - pptp is managed by init
    and this lock file will not always be created


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-02]
  - Add "ipparam pptpd" to ppp options file.
  - Remove obsolete post-restore event.
  - Removed %postun script.


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-28]
  - Users now have a property of PPTPAccess - defaults to allowed
    Set to "off" to disable individual user access to PPTP


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-18]
  - Fix remote address calculation in /etc/pptpd.conf
  - Disable deflate and bsdcomp in PPP config - can't combine compression 
    protocols successfully yet.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-16]
  - Adjust pptpd configuration to force mppe
  - Add chap secrets fragment to look up passwords in smbpasswd file


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-11]
  - Added pptpd-conf into remoteaccess-update

  - [1.1.0-10]
  - Added pptpd-conf-startup to initialise services entry
  - Renamed conf-pptpd -> pptpd-conf


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-7]
  - Changed to use single option "sessions" instead of ipstart/ipend
  - Steal addresses from dhcpd range


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-3]
  - Removed comments from output files
  - Fixed remoteip generation
  - Removed speed.orig file


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Remove .orig file
  - Add service configuration database data for pptpd.
  - Add configuration event to post-restore.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Strip comments from /etc/pptpd.conf file - they are still in
    the templates
  - Remove %postun section


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-25]
  - Filter out comments in peers files, to avoid log noise from
    tcpsvd. Fix name of peers/local templates.metadata file.
    [SF: 1324719]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-23]
  - Re-expand peers/{0,local} in remoteaccess-update, as permissions
    may have changed. [SF: 1220510]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-21]
  - Don't use sigusr1 in bootstrap-console-save, as the service is not
    up, and sigusr1 will be ignored. Instead, call ./control/1 from run
    script.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-20]
  - Use sigusr1 in remoteaccess-update. This will generate the network ACL
    symlinks. 'adjust-services' implicitly starts any service which
    should be running.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-19]
  - Use tcpsvd in place of tcpserver. Manage network access lists
    using new esmith::tcpsvd library. Update e-smith-lib depenency.
  - Add symlink /var/service/ftp -> proftpd.
  - Add zero length template-begin files to peers/{0,local}, to avoid
    log noise from comment lines.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-17]
  - Optimise template expansions versus events - only expand files
    which may have changed.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-15]
  - Replace proftp-startstop action with call to 'adjust-services'.
    Update e-smith-lib version dependency. [MN00065576]
  - Use generic_template_expand action in place of proftpd-conf.
    [MN00064130]
  - Re-add missing restart patch to config.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-14]
  - Allow restarts of retreive and store. Patch from Shad. [MN00073802]
  - Avoid duplicate Primary section in config. Patch from Shad. [MN00073804]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-13]
  - Remove migrate fragment for very old FTPServerMode property. [MN00065931]
  - Clean BuildRequires. [charlieb MN00043055]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.11.0-04]
  - Service directory and rc7.d symlinks must be called ftp, since that is
    the service record name. Use /etc/rc.d/init.d/supervise directory, to
    avoid potential clash with stock init script. [charlieb 9547,9930]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-14]
  - Modify xinetd.conf/30ftp to properly handle enabled/disabled/missing cases [gordonr 8609]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-12]
  - Fix typo in path for anonymous login. [charlieb 5652]
  - Remove selective binding to interfaces for now - it requires
    a full xinetd restart, which we don't do in remoteaccess-update.
    [charlieb 951]
  - Change ScoreboardPath to ScoreboardFile - the former is deprecated
    (with extreme prejudice) in current proftpd. [charlieb 5411]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-10]
  - Add config migration fragment to migrate old ftp access properties
    to new. [charlieb 7683]
  - Change Copyright header to License. [charlieb]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-09]
  - Use LoginAccess property to control ftp login access - this replaces the
    "acccess" semantics of 5.5 and earlier. [charlieb 7466]
  - Add back the special case for Primary i-bay, as it's needed for anonymous
    ftp.  [charlieb 5652]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-08]
  - esmith::utils::processTemplate => esmith::templates::processTemplate.
    [charlieb 7466]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-05]
  - Fix migrate fragment problem. [charlieb 1507]
  - Remove legacy code from proftpd config templates, and simplify. [charlieb 7466]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-04]
  - Template /etc/logrotate.d/proftpd and remove postrotate sigHUP. [charlieb 6438]
  - Add default config db fragments to set type/access/status [charlieb 1507]
  - Replace migrate script in post-upgrade event with template fragment in
    db/configuration/migrate directory. [charlieb 1507]
  - Use "access" rather than "accessLimits" to control access to ftp from
    outside LAN. [charlieb 7466]
  - Bind to local interface only if access is private. [charlieb 951]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-03]
  - Re-do hosts.allow template to use esmith::ConfigDB::hosts_allow_spec.
    Add dependency on up-to-date e-smith-lib.
    TODO: fix accessLimits v access issue. [charlieb 5650]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-02]
  - Remove special cases for primary in proftpd.conf - primary
    is now a pre-defined i-bay. [charlieb 5652]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.3-01]
  - Preparing for rebuild as-source, to get rid of some patch detritus - see
    bug 4825. [charlieb 4793]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.2-04]
  - Replace deprecate AllowChmod with <Limit SITE_CHMOD>, which requires some
    fragment shuffling. Remove unnecessary template-{begin,end}, move
    10localAccess to 00localAccess. [charlieb 4793]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.2-03]
  - Fix esmith::Networks => esmith::NetworksDB snafu in /etc/proftpd.conf
    template. [charlieb 3786]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.2-02]
  - Change use of allow_tcp_in() function to allow dynamic reconfig.
    [charlieb 4501]
  - Remove deprecated split on pipe [markk 3786]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.2-01]
  - Remove 46AllowFTPActive masq template fragment, allow port 21 inbound
    access and allow netfilter connection tracking to do the rest of the
    job of FTP access control. [charlieb 4499]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.4.0-07]
  - Be sure to regenerate /etc/ftpusers during password-modify event, to allow
    access to password protected i-bays.
  - Remove proftpd-conf actions from post-install and post-upgrade events -
    bootstrap-console-save is sufficient.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-07]
  - Avoid proftp DoS attack with wildcards
  - Allow FTP ports, with optional "ForcePassive|yes" property, defaulting to no


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-11]
  - FTP now uses a new setting FTP access limits in remote access
    which completely governs access control to the service.
  - The old FTP setting governs only user logins.
  - updated xinetd.conf/ftp fragment to use new value


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - removed %postun deletion of ftp line in configuration
    to comply with the sillyness of rpm upgrade


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-5]
  - backed out bind local interface code, needs to be rethought
    to allow access to localhost


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-4]
  - changed 30ftp to only expand if ftp service is enabled.
  - if ftp access is set to private, only bind to LocalIP in
    xinetd.conf


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.2-02]
  - Allow squid to create a real pid file, so that "squid -k rotate"
    works. PID file needs to be created in a directory owned by 'squid'
    user - I've chosen /var/log/squid. [SF: 1327724]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-39]
  - Fix squid run script so that initialization output is also
    sent to the logger. [SF: 1200402]


author: Shad Lords <slords@email.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-36]
  - Add TCPPort and access for firewall definitions [SF: 1246986]
  - Add squid{TCPProxyPort} for transparent redirects [SF: 1246986]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-34]
  - Update to current db access APIs, in readiness for move of dbs to private
    directory. [SF: 1216546 (Shad)]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-31]
  - Add extension_methods spec to squid.conf, to allow subversion
    passthrough - see http://subversion.tigris.org/faq.html#proxy.
    [SF: 1231333]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-30]
  - Reword the initial section of the proxy panel to remove reference
    to 6040 product. [Gordon SF:1201757]
  - Remove -s flag in run script, to avoid sending debug messages
    from squid via syslog. [SF: 1200402]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-29]
  - Replace all restart-* and most reload-* actions with calls to 'adjust-services'.
    Update e-smith-lib version dependency. [MN00065576]
  - Use generic_template_expand action where possible, in place
    of specific actions. Update e-smith-lib dependency. [MN00064130]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-28]
  - Use /dev/null as pid_filename. Squid documentation lies - "none"
    doesn't work. [charlieb MN00062550]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-27]
  - Use e-smith-service for rc7.d symlink, so that "status" is respected.
    [charlieb MN00061795]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-26]
  - Better fix for logging problem. Log run script errors to /var/log/squid.run,
    and let squid own and manage /var/log/squid. Remove migration fragment
    which does chown/chmod. [charlieb MN00057027]
  - Don't try to create a pid file - we don't have permission anyway
    [charlieb MN00062550]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-25]
  - Have multilog run as user squid, logging to /var/log/squid
    (provided by squid package).  [charlieb MN00057027]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-21]
  - Forgot to export the change_settings function. [msoulier MN00037755]
  - Made the smtp proxy toggle display conditionally on the existence of the
    e-smith-email rpm. [msoulier MN00037755]
  - Made proxy-restart smarter, so it stops calling stop when the service is
    down. [msoulier MN00037755]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-20]
  - Added the initial version of the code, including a proxy-update event.
    [msoulier MN00037755]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-13]
  - Specified full path to logfile, as relative path did not work as expected.
    [msoulier 6449]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.13.0-12]
  - Changing permissions on /var/log/squid to permit smelog to use the directory
    beneath. [msoulier 6449]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.12.0-02]
  - Disable safe_ports ACL by default. Create squid{SafePorts}
    default ports list and squid{EnforceSafePorts} default to no [gordonr 9488]


author: Tony Clayton <apc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.0-08]
  - Add default db fragments for squid [tonyc 8537]
  - Remove dead proxy-startup action [tonyc 8537]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.11.0-04]
  - Added port 81 to acl Safe_ports [gordonr 4430]
  - Sorted Safe_ports to make it easier to read [gordonr 4430]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.10.0-03]
  - Backed-out changes in 4.10.0-02, as this should be in a dev stream.
    [msoulier 4812]


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.7-02]
  - Removing redundant iptables rule in PREROUTING chain which forwarded
  - any local network http traffic to the squid proxy, when the previous
  - rule already forwarded _all_ traffic there. [msoulier 5029]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.7-01]
  - Move proxy.pac file to /etc/httpd/conf/proxy/proxy.pac, and add
    two URL aliases to it (/wpad.dat and /proxy.pac). Add appropriate
    access rules. [charlieb 4838]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.6-02]
  - Dynamically adjust transparent proxy rules in "adjust" section of masq
    script. [charlieb 4501]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.6-01]
  - Remove 45DenySquid template fragment - it's no longer needed since we
    are using connection tracking. [charlieb 4499]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.3-01]
  - Add additional rules in nat table to protect local HTTP accesses from
    being forced through transparent proxy. [charlieb 1268]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.9.2-01]
  - Get syntax correct for iptables form of REDIRECT target, for
    transparent proxy. [charlieb 1268]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.7.12-01]
  - Update proxy.pac to check host with isPlainHostName before doing DNS lookups.
    Go direct for any plain host names. This shouldn't be necessary, but IE
    is not going direct from WinXP with current setup. Remove redundent
    else clauses while we are at it. [charlieb 3715]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.7.11-01]
  - Add append_domain directive in squid.conf, so that squid can resolve
    unqualified names. (Why doesn't it use what's in resolv.conf?)
    [charlieb 3715]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.7.6-01]
  - Moved start of function to template-begin in case comments are 
    a problem for some clients [gordonr 3073]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.7.2-01]
  - Rewrote proxy-conf using ConfigDB [gordonr 3073]
  - Added support wpad.dat and proxy/pac files [gordonr 3073]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.6.0-05]
  - Rationalise distribution of actions to events (#2507)
    - Add proxy-restart to console-save event
    - Remove proxy-startup from console-save and bootstrap-console-save events
    - Remove proxy-conf from post-upgrade event
  - Move mkdir to create bootstrap-console-save event directory into prep
    section (from %build
  LANG=C
  export LANG
  unset DISPLAY
  ), so that it gets included in the tarball by the
    next rollRPM.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.6.0-03]
  - Add never_direct statements to parent cache case, as always_direct on 
    its own is not enough.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.6.0-02]
  - Fix runtime lookup of external IP in masq script fragment.
  - Use always_direct deny statement to force squid to use an external cache
    if a parent cache is specified.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.5.0-02]
  - Add transparent proxy feature, which is disabled by default. To enable,
    set Transparent property of "squid" service to "yes".


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.4.0-06]
  - Translate shell createlinks to perl createlinks
  - Add bootstrap-console-save symlinks via changes to createlinks script


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.4.0-05]
  - Add template fragment to set ftp_user used for password in anonymous ftp
  - Add template fragment to set cache administrator email address in messages.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.4.0-03]
  - Add template fragements to make sure that webdav protocols are not requested
    via an upstream cache.
  - Re-add template-begin, as the default template-begin is not yet inserted.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.4.0-02]
  - Break template-begin for squid.conf into fragments.
  - Change acl name of localhost into localsrc, and change all
    references to it.
  - Add acl of localdst for all local destinations. In future we should point
    client browsers directly at local web servers.


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.2.0-04]
  - Removed dependency on e-smith-packetfilter. There is a filter fragment
    which will will be useless without it, but it's not really a dependency


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [4.2.0-03]
  - Add packet filter fragment to deny and log any connection attempt on
    the external interface. This filter fragment is only active if squid
    is enabled.
  - Add requires e-smith-packetfilter spec.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Make sure that "squid" is enabled in the services database
  - Remove %post section.
  - Fixed some script errors in other action scripts.


author: Adrian Chung <adrian.chung@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - Changed restart action to use serviceControl
  - Removed post-install event conditional.
  - Changed %post set to setdefault.


author: Paul Nesbit <pkn@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - expand templates only if enabled in services database.
  - added /sbin/e-smith/db services set proxy enabled to %post


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.10.0-09
changelog:
  - Allow optional EveryoneEmail property of user and 'admin' accounts
    If set to 'no', do not include this user in the shared/everyone
    email alias [SME: 1842]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.10.0-08
changelog:
  - Allow optional $smtpd{HeloHost} value for configuring HELO host,
    defaulting to $DomainName [SME: 1790]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.10.0-05sme01
changelog:
  - Allow optional MailServer property of domains db records and
    deliver mail in this order of preference:
    - As per the MailServer property of the domain
    - $DelegateMailServer 
    - localhost (i.e. locally)
    NOTE: 
    - If DelegateMailServer is not set, the users must exist on the
      gateway or mail will be rejected
    - If DelegateMailServer is set, all mail for the domain will be
      forwarded to the relevant internal mail server [SME: 1253]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.10.0-04sme01
changelog:
  - Remove virtualdomains entries for hosts db entries. We only
    handle mail for domains without customisation [SME: 1415]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com> 1.9.1-03
changelog:
  - Use standard user .qmail template for admin user. Migrate
    AdminEmail setting to $admin{ForwardAddress}. [SME: 818]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com> 1.9.1-02
changelog:
  - Fix duplicate symlink creation attempt in bootstrap-console-save
    directory (during RPM build). [SME: 555]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au> 1.9.1-01
changelog:
  - Roll patches to 1.9.0-16
  - Change ~alias/.qmail{default,localdelivery-default,shared} into
    directory templates [SME: 440]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-15]
  - Fix broken symlink in group-delete event. Delete -default .qmail file
    when deleting group. [SF: 1363973]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-14]
  - Improve /var/qmail/users/assign/70pseudonyms error handling. [SF: 1337029]
  - Fix error text from 60users template fragment. [SF: 1345206]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-13]
  - Add quotes around 'Recipient unknown' when calling bouncesaying.
    Otherwise we're trying to call a program called 'unknown' [SF: 1334002]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-11]
  - Expand virtualdomains in pseudonym-* events. Replace use of control/1
    by generic actions, plus qmail-newu symlinked into event directories.
    [SF: 1311349]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@gormand.com.au>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-10]
  - Split up templates-user/.qmail into fragments which return 
    one or zero lines. It's much cleaner and helps with add-ons.
    Move .qmail/20Forward -> 70Forward to leave more room for
    add-ons [SF: 1252336]
  - Minor fixups - thanks Stephen Noble [SF: 1252336]
  - TODO: Remove the 10Filter stuff and migrate 
    qmail{DeliveryInstruction} and qmail{DeliveryType}


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-09]
  - Correct /var/qmail/users/assign/50system fragment so that
    mail for system accounts is delivered to admin [SF: 1284311]


author: Shad Lords <slords@mail.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-06]
  - Add empty template-begin header for users/assign
  - Add requires for e-smith-email
  - Add provides e-smith-mta


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-03]
  - Remove no longer needed conf-migrate-* action [charlieb MN00062545]
  - Replace deprecated Copyright header with License header.


author: Michael Soulier <msoulier@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-02]
  - Updating with esmith::Build::CreateLinks, and the new genfilelist options.
  - Yanked migrate-qmail-logfiles, as it was causing problems.
    [msoulier dpar-20522]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.1-01]
  - Remove bogus e-smith-base dependency, which shows as an unmet
    dependency on our workstations.
  - Add rc7.d symlink [charlieb 4458]


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.1.0-02]
  - added conf-migrate-qmail-variables actions to migrate qmail.init
    configuration variable to qmail
  - added e-smith header to files


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-06]
  - Modified French lexicon to use lang="fr", rename the lexicon
    directory to fr [lijied 6787]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.4-01]
  - Set up PATH variable so that qmailanalog can find things like tr and awk.
    [charlieb 3598]
  - Redirect STDERR from cat so that errors due to there being no @* files yet
    do not appear in the admin error log. [charlieb 3598]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.1-01]
  - Moved all code into module qmailanalog.pm. [markk 3156]
  - Converted to FormMagick panel and internationalized [markk 3156]
  - added POD and testsuite [markk 3156]


author: Peter Samuel <peters@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.4.0-04]
  - Now handles multilog files instead of older cyclog files
  - Adds qmail-qstat and qmail-qread to reports


author: Jason Miller <jmiller@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.0-2]
  - Updated copyright information and removed warning
    messages sent to logs for lack of prototypes in
    qmail-analog panel


author: Charlie Brady <charlie_brady@mitel.com> 1.10.0-04
changelog:
  - Fix sanity checking of hard/soft quota values, and fix "no limit" display
    text (fixes thanks to Robert van den Aker). [SME: 1462]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.2-02]
  - In warnquota, give Text::Template::fill_in an aliased reference to
    $conf, rather than a copy. [SF: 1312772]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-06]
  - Update success and error messages to use new convention
    (patch submitted by Shad Lords).


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-04]
  - Fix rc.quota_create's check for existing quota file, and add
    convertquota calls, in case of old style quota files.
    [MN00061221]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.9.0-03]
  - Run /etc/rc.d/rc.quota_create before rc.sysinit, to enable
    filesystem quota support. [charlieb MN00061221]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.0-20]
  - Create template output dir in %build
  LANG=C
  export LANG
  unset DISPLAY
  , and fragments need Locale::gettext 
    [markk 8847]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.0-12]
  - Modified French lexicon to use lang="fr", rename the lexicon
    directory to fr [lijied 6787]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.0-10]
  - Modified en-us and fr-ca panel title
    modified en-us and fr-ca nav bar label [lijied 7356]
  - Modified e-smith-devtools version [lijied 7578]


author: Lijie Deng <lijied@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.7.0-09]
  - Modified quotas panel order [lijied 7356]
  - Added French .po file to po/fr_CA, and modified the
    %build
  LANG=C
  export LANG
  unset DISPLAY
   in spec file  [lijied 7442]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.6.1-02]
  - Fix I18N of From header in warning emails. Quote "full name"
    part of From header (to be sure). [charlieb 5205]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.6.1-01]
  - Fix use of comma as string concat operator in overquota mail message
    templates. Break some long lines while we are at it. [charlieb 5178]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.3-03]
  - Improved unit suffix handling to more closely correspond to docs [markk 5102]
  - Allow "unlimited" hard quota with soft quota [markk 5102]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.2-02]
  - Display decimal values in summary screen [markk 4475]
  - Allow entry of KB, MB, or GB values in modify panel [markk 4475]
  - Choose and display "best" unit in modify panel [markk 4475]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.5.1-01]
  - Bump quota requirement to version 3.
  - Fix fstab template to handle ext3 file systems. [charlieb 4297]
  - Remove action script which runs quotacheck - this is now done by rc.sysinit
    during reboot. [charlieb 4297]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.8-01]
  - Move enable-quota back into post-{install,upgrade}. Skip the quotacheck
    if the quota files exist. For an install, they won't. For an upgrade
    from a previously quota'ed system, they will and we don't want to
    bother checking the whole filesystem during the upgrade. For an upgrade
    from a pre-quota system they won't exist, so we need to check.
    Note: /etc/fstab must have the quota options enabled before we attempt
    to run quotacheck or it exits silently [gordonr 3439]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.7-01]
  - Turn quotas on (well, off then on) after enabling quotas in case
    we didn't enable them at boot time in an upgrade from version which
    didn't have quotas [gordonr 3439]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.4-01]
  - Relocated the scaffolding for /etc/fstab templates to e-smith-base,
    leaving the enable quotas fragment here. The template is also expanded
    with an action in e-smith-base. Updated e-smith-base Requires [gordonr 3439]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.2-01]
  - Actually run enable-quotas in bootstrap-console-save and fix
    createlinks [gordonr 3439]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.3.1-01]
  - Moving to stream 1.3.1 (1.3.0 skipped by accidentally)
  - Check all quotas during bootstrap-console-save rather than 
    post-upgrade so that the install completes quickly, even on 
    a machine with lots of disk to check. [gordonr 3439]


author: Gordon Rowell <gordonr@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.8-01]
  - Subst scanmail.tmpl -> template name in both quota templates [markk 3029]
  - Need to enable quotas before trying to restore them :-) [gordonr 2730]


author: Mark Knox <markk@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.1-01]
  - Adding warning for Quota::query failure to warnquota & user-modify-quota
    [schwern 2730]
  - Testing user-modify-quota [schwern 2729 2730]
  - Converted to FormMagick panel and internationalized. Added some POD and
    tests. [markk 3159]
  - Added buildtests in %build
  LANG=C
  export LANG
  unset DISPLAY
   [markk 3159]


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.2.0-01]
  - rollRPM: Rolled version number too 1.2.0-01. Includes patches up to 1.0.0-02.
  - DO NOT MAKE ANY FURTHER CHANGES TO THIS FILE, as this is the base version
    being imported into CVS.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.0.0-02]
  - Allow hard and soft quota to be equal. This also allows the quota to be
    removed. See #2729.
  - Set quota limits for all users in post-upgrade event. This allows for
    a system restore to have properly set up quotas.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.1-09]
  - Adding new warnquota script that sends mail to users who have exceeded their
    "limit with grace time", and a summary report to admin.
  - Adding admin summary template, and user quota warning template to
    /etc/e-smith/templates/usr/lib/e-smith-quota


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.1-08]
  - Adding check in panel to make sure that soft limit
    is less than hard limit.
  - Also insert missing subroutine prototype.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.1-07]
  - More text changes to the quota panel.
  - Changed kB sizing output to mB sizing.
  - Still no genSmallRedCellRightJustified.  Yet.


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.1-06]
  - Add daily quota warning script. For now, just use a wrapper for
    /usr/sbin/warnquota. In time we will write our own script in perl
    and produce a customised report.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.1-05]
  - Update createlinks to create manager quota panel link
  - More text changes to quota panel.
  - Use genSmallCellRightJustified
  - Create "Modify" button.


author: Adrian Chung <adrianc@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [0.1.1-04]
  - Add some wording to panel, and change wording of
    soft and hard limits to "limit with grace time" and
    "immediate limit"
  - Still to roll in genSmallCellRight


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.0.0-10]
  - Make sure that the log/run script is executable, and that
    the log directory exists. [SF: 1280982]
  - Make sure that stunnel user exists, by making sure that
    %pre script works :-) (451 was not defined).


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.0.0-7]
  - [More updates from Shad.]
  - Add accounting into radiusd
  - Let radius do its own normal logging


author: Charlie Brady <charlieb@e-smith.com>
changelog:
  - [1.0.0-6]
  - Expand /etc/raddb/users in user-lock [SF: 1225995]
  - Expand sigterm in password-modify, ldap-update [SF: 1225995]


